]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
* remote.c (escape_buffer): New.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
ad22bfe8 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
11@c in config/obj-*.c
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
42@ifset BOUT
43@set aout-bout
44@end ifset
45@ifset H8/300
46@set H8
47@end ifset
252b5132
RH
48@ifset SH
49@set H8
50@end ifset
51@ifset HPPA
52@set abnormal-separator
53@end ifset
54@c ------------
55@ifset GENERIC
56@settitle Using @value{AS}
57@end ifset
58@ifclear GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
60@end ifclear
61@setchapternewpage odd
62@c %**end of header
63
64@c @smallbook
65@c @set SMALL
66@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
67@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
68@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
69@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
70@c
71@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
72@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
73@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
74@c break.
75@c
76@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
77@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
78@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
79@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
80@c discretion, of course.
81@ifinfo
82@set SMALL
83@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
84@c might as well show 'em anyways.
85@end ifinfo
86
87@ifinfo
88@format
89START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
90* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 91* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
252b5132
RH
92END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
93@end format
94@end ifinfo
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
0e9517a9 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
ad22bfe8 1042006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 105
0285c67d
NC
106Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
107under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
108or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
109with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
110Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 111section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
112
113@c man end
0e9517a9 114@end copying
252b5132
RH
115
116@titlepage
117@title Using @value{AS}
118@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
119@ifclear GENERIC
120@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
121@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
122@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
123@sp 1
124@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
125@end ifset
252b5132
RH
126@sp 1
127@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
128@sp 1
129@sp 13
b45619c0 130The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 131Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 132first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
133The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
134distracting the boss while they got some work
135done.
136@sp 3
137@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
138@page
139@tex
140{\parskip=0pt
141\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
142\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
143}
144%"boxit" macro for figures:
145%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
146\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
147 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
148#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
149\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
150@end tex
151
152@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
ad22bfe8
JM
153Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
1542006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 155
cf055d54
NC
156 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
157 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
158 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
159 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
160 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 161 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 162
252b5132 163@end titlepage
4ecceb71 164@contents
252b5132 165
2e64b665 166@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
167@node Top
168@top Using @value{AS}
169
e49e529d
JM
170This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
171@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
172@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
173@end ifset
174version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 175@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 176This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
177code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
178@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
179
180This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
181Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 182section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 183
252b5132
RH
184@menu
185* Overview:: Overview
186* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
187* Syntax:: Syntax
188* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
189* Symbols:: Symbols
190* Expressions:: Expressions
191* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
192@ifset ELF
193* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
194@end ifset
252b5132
RH
195* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
196* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
197* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 198* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 199* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 200@end menu
2e64b665 201@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
202
203@node Overview
204@chapter Overview
205@iftex
a4fb0134 206This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 207@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 208This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
209code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
210@end ifclear
211@end iftex
212
213@cindex invocation summary
214@cindex option summary
215@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 216Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 217see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 218
0285c67d
NC
219@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
220
a4fb0134 221@ignore
0285c67d
NC
222@c man begin SEEALSO
223gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
224@c man end
a4fb0134 225@end ignore
0285c67d 226
252b5132
RH
227@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
228@c to be limited to one line for the header.
229@smallexample
0285c67d 230@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 231@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
3d6b762c 232 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
233 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
234 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
241 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
242 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
243@c
244@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
245@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
246@ifset ALPHA
247
248@emph{Target Alpha options:}
249 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
250 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
251 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
252 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
253@end ifset
252b5132 254@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
255
256@emph{Target ARC options:}
257 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
258 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
259@end ifset
260@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
261
262@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 263@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
264 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
265 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
266 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
267 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 268 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 269 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
270 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
271 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
272 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 273 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 274@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
275@ifset CRIS
276
277@emph{Target CRIS options:}
278 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
279 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
280 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 281 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
282@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
283@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
284@end ifset
252b5132 285@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
286
287@emph{Target D10V options:}
288 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
289@end ifset
290@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
291
292@emph{Target D30V options:}
293 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
294@end ifset
295@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
296
297@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
298 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
299@end ifset
300@ifset HPPA
301@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
302@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
303@ifset I80386
304
305@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 306 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
6305a203 307 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
308@end ifset
309@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
310
311@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 312@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
313 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
314 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
315 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 316@end ifset
587fe2b3 317@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 318
9e32ca89
NC
319@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
320 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
321 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
322 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 323 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 324 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 325 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
326 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
327@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
328@ifset IP2K
329
330@emph{Target IP2K options:}
331 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
332@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
333@ifset M32C
334
335@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 336 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 339
a4fb0134
SC
340@emph{Target M32R options:}
341 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 342 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 343@end ifset
252b5132 344@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
345
346@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
347 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 348@end ifset
60bcf0fa 349@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
350
351@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 352 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
353 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
354 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 355 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
356 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
357 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
358@end ifset
359@ifset MCORE
360
361@emph{Target MCORE options:}
362 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
363 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 368 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 369 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 370 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
371 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
372 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 373 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 374 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
375 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
376 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
377 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
378 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 379 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 380 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 381 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 382 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 383 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 384 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
ecb4347a 385 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 386 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
387@end ifset
388@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
389
390@emph{Target MMIX options:}
391 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
392 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
393 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 394 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
395@end ifset
396@ifset PDP11
397
398@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
399 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
400 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
401 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
402@end ifset
403@ifset PJ
404
405@emph{Target picoJava options:}
406 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
407@end ifset
408@ifset PPC
409
410@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
411 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
412 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|
413 @b{-mbooke32}|@b{-mbooke64}]
9b4e5766 414 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
415 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
416 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
417 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
418 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
419@end ifset
420@ifset SPARC
421
422@emph{Target SPARC options:}
423@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
424 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
425 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
426 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
427 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
428@end ifset
429@ifset TIC54X
430
431@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
432 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
433 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
434@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
435
436@ifset Z80
437
438@emph{Target Z80 options:}
439 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
440 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
441 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
442 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
443 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
444 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
445 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
446@end ifset
447
a4fb0134
SC
448@ifset Z8000
449@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 450@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
451@ifset XTENSA
452
453@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 454 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 455 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 456 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 457 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 458@end ifset
0285c67d 459@c man end
252b5132
RH
460@end smallexample
461
0285c67d
NC
462@c man begin OPTIONS
463
a4fb0134 464@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 465@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 466
83f10cb2 467@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
468Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
469
a4fb0134 470@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
471@item -ac
472omit false conditionals
473
474@item -ad
475omit debugging directives
476
83f10cb2
NC
477@item -ag
478include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
479
252b5132
RH
480@item -ah
481include high-level source
482
483@item -al
484include assembly
485
486@item -am
487include macro expansions
488
489@item -an
490omit forms processing
491
492@item -as
493include symbols
494
495@item =file
496set the name of the listing file
497@end table
498
499You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
500listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
501the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
502
caa32fe5 503@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
504Begin in alternate macro mode.
505@ifclear man
506@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
507@end ifclear
caa32fe5 508
252b5132
RH
509@item -D
510Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
511other assemblers.
512
3d6b762c
JM
513@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
514When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
515information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
516
252b5132
RH
517@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
518Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
519@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
520indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
521value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
522use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
523
524@item -f
525``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
526compiler output).
527
329e276d
NC
528@item -g
529@itemx --gen-debug
530Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
531debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
532ECOFF or DWARF2.
533
252b5132
RH
534@item --gstabs
535Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
536may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
537
05da4302
NC
538@item --gstabs+
539Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
540extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
541debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
542may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
543the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
544
329e276d 545@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 546Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 547may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 548option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 549
252b5132
RH
550@item --help
551Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
552
ea20a7da
CC
553@item --target-help
554Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
555
252b5132
RH
556@item -I @var{dir}
557Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
558
559@item -J
560Don't warn about signed overflow.
561
562@item -K
563@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
564This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
565@end ifclear
566@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
567Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
568@end ifset
569
570@item -L
571@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
572Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
573system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
574or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
575@ifclear man
576@xref{Symbol Names}.
577@end ifclear
252b5132 578
c3a27914
NC
579@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
580Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
581listing to @var{number}.
582
583@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
584Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
585lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
586
587@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
588Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
589@var{number} bytes.
590
591@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
592Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
593to @var{number} + 1.
594
252b5132 595@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 596Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
597
598@item -R
599Fold the data section into the text section.
600
4bdd3565
NC
601@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
602Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
603@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
604assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
605memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
606requirements at the expense of speed.
607
608@item --reduce-memory-overheads
609This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
610assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
611@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
612
252b5132
RH
613@item --statistics
614Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
615assembly.
616
617@item --strip-local-absolute
618Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
619
620@item -v
621@itemx -version
a4fb0134 622Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
623
624@item --version
a4fb0134 625Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
626
627@item -W
2bdd6cf5 628@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
629Suppress warning messages.
630
2bdd6cf5
GK
631@item --fatal-warnings
632Treat warnings as errors.
633
634@item --warn
635Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
636
252b5132
RH
637@item -w
638Ignored.
639
640@item -x
641Ignored.
642
643@item -Z
644Generate an object file even after errors.
645
646@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
647Standard input, or source files to assemble.
648
649@end table
650
651@ifset ARC
652The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
653an ARC processor.
654
a4fb0134 655@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
656@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
657This option selects the core processor variant.
658@item -EB | -EL
659Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
660@end table
661@end ifset
662
663@ifset ARM
664The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
665processor family.
666
a4fb0134 667@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 668@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 669Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 670@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 671Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 672@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 673Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
674@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
675Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
676@item -mthumb
677Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 678@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
679Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
680@item -EB | -EL
681Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
682@item -mthumb-interwork
683Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
684ARM code in mind.
685@item -k
686Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
687@end table
688@end ifset
689
328eb32e
HPN
690@ifset CRIS
691See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
692@end ifset
693
252b5132
RH
694@ifset D10V
695The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
696a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 697@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
698@cindex D10V optimization
699@cindex optimization, D10V
700@item -O
701Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
702@end table
703@end ifset
704
705@ifset D30V
706The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
707processor.
a4fb0134 708@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
709@cindex D30V optimization
710@cindex optimization, D30V
711@item -O
712Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
713
714@cindex D30V nops
715@item -n
716Warn when nops are generated.
717
718@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
719@item -N
720Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
721@end table
722@end ifset
723
724@ifset I960
725The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
726Intel 80960 processor.
727
a4fb0134 728@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
729@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
730Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
731
732@item -b
733Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
734
735@item -no-relax
736Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
737error if necessary.
738
739@end table
740@end ifset
741
a40cbfa3
NC
742@ifset IP2K
743The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 744Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
745
746@table @gcctabopt
747
748@item -mip2022ext
749Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
750
751@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 752Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
753just the basic IP2022 ones.
754
755@end table
756@end ifset
757
49f58d10
JB
758@ifset M32C
759The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
760Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
761
762@table @gcctabopt
763
764@item -m32c
765Assemble M32C instructions.
766
767@item -m16c
768Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
769
c54b5932
DD
770@item -relax
771Enable support for link-time relaxations.
772
773@item -h-tick-hex
774Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
775
49f58d10
JB
776@end table
777@end ifset
778
ec694b89
NC
779@ifset M32R
780The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 781Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 782
a4fb0134 783@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
784
785@item --m32rx
786Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
787is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
788
789@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
790Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
791encountered.
792
793@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
794Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
795encountered.
796
797@end table
798@end ifset
252b5132
RH
799
800@ifset M680X0
801The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
802Motorola 68000 series.
803
a4fb0134 804@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
805
806@item -l
807Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
808
0285c67d
NC
809@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
810@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
811@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
812Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
813is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
814
815@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
816The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
817The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
818the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
819two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
820coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
821
822@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
823The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
824unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
825
826@end table
827@end ifset
828
e135f41b
NC
829@ifset PDP11
830
831For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
832see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
833
a4fb0134 834@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
835@item -mpic | -mno-pic
836Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 837default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
838
839@item -mall
840@itemx -mall-extensions
841Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
842
843@item -mno-extensions
844Disable all instruction set extensions.
845
846@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
847Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
848
849@item -m@var{cpu}
850Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
851disable all other extensions.
852
853@item -m@var{machine}
854Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
855model, and disable all other extensions.
856@end table
857
858@end ifset
859
041dd5a9
ILT
860@ifset PJ
861The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
862a picoJava processor.
863
a4fb0134 864@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
865
866@cindex PJ endianness
867@cindex endianness, PJ
868@cindex big endian output, PJ
869@item -mb
870Generate ``big endian'' format output.
871
872@cindex little endian output, PJ
873@item -ml
874Generate ``little endian'' format output.
875
876@end table
877@end ifset
878
60bcf0fa
NC
879@ifset M68HC11
880The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
881Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
882
a4fb0134 883@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 884
d01030e6 885@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
886Specify what processor is the target. The default is
887defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
888
2f904664
SC
889@item -mshort
890Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
891
892@item -mlong
893Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
894
895@item -mshort-double
896Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
897
898@item -mlong-double
899Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
900
1370e33d 901@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
902Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
903conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
904sub routine.
905
1370e33d
NC
906@item -S | --short-branches
907Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
908when the offset is out of range.
909
910@item --strict-direct-mode
911Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
912when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
913
914@item --print-insn-syntax
915Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
916
917@item --print-opcodes
918print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
919
920@item --generate-example
921print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 922This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
923
924@end table
925@end ifset
926
252b5132 927@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 928The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
929for the SPARC architecture:
930
a4fb0134 931@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
932@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
933@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
934Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
935
936@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
937@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
938
939@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
940UltraSPARC extensions.
941
942@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
943For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
944equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
945
946@item -bump
947Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
948@end table
949@end ifset
950
39bec121
TW
951@ifset TIC54X
952The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
953architecture.
954
a4fb0134 955@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
956@item -mfar-mode
957Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
958extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
959@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
960Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
961@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
962Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
963behaviour in the shell.
964@end table
965@end ifset
966
252b5132
RH
967@ifset MIPS
968The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 969a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 970
a4fb0134 971@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
972@item -G @var{num}
973This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
974implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
975use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
976
977@cindex MIPS endianness
978@cindex endianness, MIPS
979@cindex big endian output, MIPS
980@item -EB
981Generate ``big endian'' format output.
982
983@cindex little endian output, MIPS
984@item -EL
985Generate ``little endian'' format output.
986
987@cindex MIPS ISA
988@item -mips1
989@itemx -mips2
990@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 991@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 992@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 993@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 994@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 995@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 996@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
997Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
998@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
999alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1000@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1001@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1002@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1003correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1004@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1005and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1006ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1007
1008@item -march=@var{CPU}
1009Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1010
1011@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1012Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1013
1014@item -mfix7000
1015@itemx -mno-fix7000
1016Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1017of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1018
ecb4347a
DJ
1019@item -mdebug
1020@itemx -no-mdebug
1021Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1022section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1023
dcd410fe
RO
1024@item -mpdr
1025@itemx -mno-pdr
1026Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1027
437ee9d5
TS
1028@item -mgp32
1029@itemx -mfp32
1030The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1031flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1032all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1033and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1034
1035@item -mips16
1036@itemx -no-mips16
1037Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1038@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1039turns off this option.
252b5132 1040
e16bfa71
TS
1041@item -msmartmips
1042@itemx -mno-smartmips
1043Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1044equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1045@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1046
1f25f5d3
CD
1047@item -mips3d
1048@itemx -no-mips3d
1049Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1050This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1051@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1052
deec1734
CD
1053@item -mdmx
1054@itemx -no-mdmx
1055Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1056This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1057@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1058
2ef2b9ae
CF
1059@item -mdsp
1060@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1061Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1062This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1063@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1064
8b082fb1
TS
1065@item -mdspr2
1066@itemx -mno-dspr2
1067Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1068This option implies -mdsp.
1069This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1070@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1071
ef2e4d86
CF
1072@item -mmt
1073@itemx -mno-mt
1074Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1075This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1076@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1077
437ee9d5
TS
1078@item --construct-floats
1079@itemx --no-construct-floats
1080The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1081double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1082value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1083the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1084selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1085
1086@cindex emulation
1087@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1088This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1089for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1090between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1091debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1092endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1093@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1094@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1095of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1096the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1097in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1098selection in any case.
1099
1100This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1101@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1102Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1103@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1104the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1105configuration includes support for both.
1106
1107Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1108fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1109more processors.
1110
1111@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1112@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1113the native tools.
1114
252b5132
RH
1115@item --trap
1116@itemx --no-trap
1117@itemx --break
1118@itemx --no-break
1119Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1120@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1121(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1122@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1123break exception.
63486801
L
1124
1125@item -n
a4fb0134 1126When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1127time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1128@end table
1129@end ifset
1130
1131@ifset MCORE
1132The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1133an MCore processor.
1134
a4fb0134 1135@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1136@item -jsri2bsr
1137@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1138Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1139The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1140
1141@item -sifilter
1142@itemx -nosifilter
1143Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1144The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1145
1146@item -relax
1147Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1148
ec694b89
NC
1149@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1150Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1151can be assembled.
1152
1153@item -EB
1154Assemble for a big endian target.
1155
1156@item -EL
1157Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1158
1159@end table
1160@end ifset
1161
3c3bdf30
NC
1162@ifset MMIX
1163See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1164@end ifset
1165
e0001a05
NC
1166@ifset XTENSA
1167The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1168an Xtensa processor.
1169
1170@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1171@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1172With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1173in the text section. The default is
1174@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1175separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1176referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1177absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1178
1179@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1180Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1181or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1182if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1183option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1184
1185@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1186Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1187expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1188
1189@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1190Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1191across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1192@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1193
1194@item --transform | --no-transform
1195Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1196The default is @option{--transform};
1197@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1198instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1199
1200@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1201When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1202@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1203@end table
1204@end ifset
1205
3c9b82ba
NC
1206@ifset Z80
1207The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1208a Z80 family processor.
1209@table @gcctabopt
1210@item -z80
1211Assemble for Z80 processor.
1212@item -r800
1213Assemble for R800 processor.
1214@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
1215@itemx -Wnud
1216Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
1217@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
1218@itemx -Wnup
1219Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
1220@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
1221@itemx -Wud
1222Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
1223@item -warn-unportable-instructions
1224@itemx -Wup
b45619c0 1225Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
3c9b82ba
NC
1226@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
1227@itemx -Fud
1228Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
1229@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
1230@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1231Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1232@end table
1233@end ifset
1234
0285c67d
NC
1235@c man end
1236
252b5132
RH
1237@menu
1238* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1239* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1240* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1241* Command Line:: Command Line
1242* Input Files:: Input Files
1243* Object:: Output (Object) File
1244* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1245@end menu
1246
1247@node Manual
1248@section Structure of this Manual
1249
1250@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1251This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1252@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1253notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1254@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1255
1256@ifclear GENERIC
1257We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1258configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1259@end ifclear
1260@ifset GENERIC
1261This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1262various flavors of the assembler.
1263@end ifset
1264
1265@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1266On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1267to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1268In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1269architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1270mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1271particular architecture.
1272@ifset GENERIC
1273You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1274machine architecture manual for this information.
1275@end ifset
1276@ifclear GENERIC
1277@ifset H8/300
1278For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1279Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1280Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1281@end ifset
252b5132 1282@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1283For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1284see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1285@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1286@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1287@end ifset
1288@ifset Z8000
1289For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1290@end ifset
1291@end ifclear
1292
1293@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1294@ignore
1295Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1296the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1297Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1298computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1299once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1300qualification.
1301
a4fb0134 1302@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1303human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1304computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1305@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1306@end ignore
1307
1308@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1309@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1310@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1311@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1312@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1313@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1314@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1315@c directives).
1316
1317@node GNU Assembler
1318@section The GNU Assembler
1319
0285c67d
NC
1320@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1321
a4fb0134 1322@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1323@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1324This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1325configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1326@end ifclear
1327If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1328should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1329architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1330including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1331@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1332
1333@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1334@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1335@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1336@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1337assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1338machine would assemble.
1339@ifset VAX
1340Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1341@end ifset
1342@ifset M680X0
1343@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1344@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1345This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1346assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1347incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1348@end ifset
1349
0285c67d
NC
1350@c man end
1351
a4fb0134 1352Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1353program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1354@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1355
1356@node Object Formats
1357@section Object File Formats
1358
1359@cindex object file format
1360The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1361object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1362write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1363are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1364Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1365@ifclear GENERIC
1366@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1367For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1368@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1369@end ifclear
1370@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1371@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1372On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1373@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1374@end ifset
1375@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1376On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1377SOM or ELF format object files.
1378@end ifset
1379@end ifclear
1380
1381@node Command Line
1382@section Command Line
1383
1384@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1385
a4fb0134 1386After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1387options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1388before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1389significant.
1390
1391@cindex standard input, as input file
1392@kindex --
1393@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1394explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1395
1396@cindex options, command line
1397Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1398hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1399@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1400option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1401the letter is important. All options are optional.
1402
1403Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1404name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1405with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1406standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1407
1408@smallexample
1409@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1410@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1411@end smallexample
1412
1413@node Input Files
1414@section Input Files
1415
1416@cindex input
1417@cindex source program
1418@cindex files, input
1419We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1420describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1421be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1422doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1423
1424@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1425@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1426The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1427order specified.
1428
0285c67d 1429@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1430Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1431program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1432(The standard input is also a file.)
1433
a4fb0134 1434You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1435names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1436command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1437is taken to be an input file name.
1438
a4fb0134
SC
1439If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1440from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1441may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1442to assemble.
1443
1444Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1445in your command line.
1446
a4fb0134 1447If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1448file.
1449
0285c67d
NC
1450@c man end
1451
252b5132
RH
1452@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1453
1454@cindex input file linenumbers
1455@cindex line numbers, in input files
1456There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1457either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1458number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1459``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1460
1461@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1462to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1463
1464@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1465directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1466error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1467is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1468@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1469@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1470
1471@node Object
1472@section Output (Object) File
1473
1474@cindex object file
1475@cindex output file
1476@kindex a.out
1477@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1478Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1479your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1480is the object file. Its default name is
1481@ifclear BOUT
1482@code{a.out}.
1483@end ifclear
1484@ifset BOUT
1485@ifset GENERIC
1486@code{a.out}, or
1487@end ifset
a4fb0134 1488@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1489@end ifset
a4fb0134 1490You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1491object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1492reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1493directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1494possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1495
1496@cindex linker
1497@kindex ld
1498The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1499assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1500the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1501information for the debugger.
1502
1503@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1504@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1505
1506@node Errors
1507@section Error and Warning Messages
1508
0285c67d
NC
1509@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1510
a349d9dd 1511@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1512@cindex warning messages
1513@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1514@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1515file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1516runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1517that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1518grave problem that stops the assembly.
1519
0285c67d
NC
1520@c man end
1521
252b5132
RH
1522@cindex format of warning messages
1523Warning messages have the format
1524
1525@smallexample
1526file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1527@end smallexample
1528
1529@noindent
1530@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1531(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1532(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1533the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1534@ifset GENERIC
1535(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1536@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1537then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1538otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1539message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1540tradition).
1541
1542@cindex format of error messages
1543Error messages have the format
1544@smallexample
1545file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1546@end smallexample
1547The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1548messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1549because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1550
1551@node Invoking
1552@chapter Command-Line Options
1553
1554@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1555This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1556versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1557for options specific
252b5132 1558@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1559to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1560@end ifclear
1561@ifset GENERIC
1562to particular machine architectures.
1563@end ifset
1564
0285c67d
NC
1565@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1566
c1253627 1567If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1568you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1569The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1570by commas. For example:
1571
1572@smallexample
1573gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1574@end smallexample
1575
1576@noindent
1577This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1578standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1579local symbols in the symbol table).
1580
1581Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1582command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1583(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1584precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1585assembler.)
1586
0285c67d
NC
1587@c man end
1588
252b5132 1589@menu
83f10cb2 1590* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1591* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1592* D:: -D for compatibility
1593* f:: -f to work faster
1594* I:: -I for .include search path
1595@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1596* K:: -K for compatibility
1597@end ifclear
1598@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1599* K:: -K for difference tables
1600@end ifset
1601
ba83aca1 1602* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1603* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1604* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1605* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1606* o:: -o to name the object file
1607* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1608* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1609* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1610* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1611* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1612* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1613@end menu
1614
1615@node a
83f10cb2 1616@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1617
1618@kindex -a
1619@kindex -ac
1620@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1621@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1622@kindex -ah
1623@kindex -al
1624@kindex -an
1625@kindex -as
1626@cindex listings, enabling
1627@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1628
1629These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1630@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1631You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1632@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1633@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1634@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1635High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1636@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1637also.
1638
83f10cb2
NC
1639Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1640information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1641
252b5132
RH
1642Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1643which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1644other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1645omitted from the listing.
1646
1647Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1648listing.
1649
1650Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1651listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1652@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1653@code{.sbttl}.
1654The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1655If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1656listing-control directives have no effect.
1657
1658The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1659@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1660
96e9638b
BW
1661Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1662because it
c3a27914
NC
1663is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1664is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1665directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1666stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1667memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1668
caa32fe5
NC
1669@node alternate
1670@section @option{--alternate}
1671
1672@kindex --alternate
1673Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1674
252b5132 1675@node D
a4fb0134 1676@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1677
1678@kindex -D
1679This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1680likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1681@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1682
1683@node f
a4fb0134 1684@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1685
1686@kindex -f
1687@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1688@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1689@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1690(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1691and comment preprocessing on
1692the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1693,Preprocessing}.
1694
1695@quotation
1696@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1697preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1698not work correctly.
1699@end quotation
1700
1701@node I
c1253627 1702@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1703
1704@kindex -I @var{path}
1705@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1706@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1707@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1708Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1709@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1710directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1711many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1712working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1713searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1714specified (left to right) on the command line.
1715
1716@node K
a4fb0134 1717@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1718
1719@kindex -K
1720@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1721On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1722permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1723where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1724generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1725family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1726alteration on other platforms.
1727@end ifclear
1728
1729@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1730@cindex difference tables, warning
1731@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1732@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1733form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1734You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1735is done.
1736@end ifset
1737
1738@node L
ba83aca1 1739@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1740
1741@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1742@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1743Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1744@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1745called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1746such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1747programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1748notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1749such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1750
1751This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1752in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1753@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1754
c3a27914 1755@node listing
a4fb0134 1756@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1757
1758The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1759@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1760hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1761them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1762directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1763@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1764@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1765@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1766
a4fb0134 1767@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1768@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1769@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1770@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1771Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1772dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1773
1774@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1775@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1776@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1777Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1778a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1779the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1780switch is used the default is to one.
1781
1782@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1783@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1784@cindex Width of source line output
1785Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1786alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1787source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1788
1789@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1790@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1791@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1792Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1793displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1794@end table
1795
252b5132 1796@node M
a4fb0134 1797@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1798
1799@kindex -M
1800@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1801The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1802changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1803compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1804configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1805MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1806information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1807arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1808assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1809
1810The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1811depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1812file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1813individually. These are:
1814
1815@itemize @bullet
1816@item global symbols in common section
1817
1818The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1819Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1820common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1821symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1822symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1823
1824@item complex relocations
1825
1826The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1827relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1828are not support by other object file formats.
1829
1830@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1831
1832The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1833This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1834instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1835script.
1836
1837@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1838
1839The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1840name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1841
1842@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1843
1844The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1845address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1846which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1847not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1848assigned within a linker script.
1849@end itemize
1850
1851There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1852@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1853seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1854
1855@itemize @bullet
1856
1857@item EBCDIC strings
1858
1859EBCDIC strings are not supported.
1860
1861@item packed binary coded decimal
1862
1863Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
1864and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
1865
1866@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
1867
1868The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
1869
1870@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
1871
1872The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
1873
1874@item @code{OPT} branch control options
1875
1876The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 1877@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
1878relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
1879these options serve no purpose.
1880
1881@item @code{OPT} list control options
1882
1883The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
1884@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
1885@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
1886
1887@item other @code{OPT} options
1888
1889The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
1890@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
1891
1892@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
1893
1894The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
1895@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
1896
1897@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
1898
1899The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
1900
1901@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
1902
1903The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
1904
1905@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
1906
1907The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
1908
1909@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
1910
1911The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
1912
1913@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
1914
1915The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
1916
1917@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
1918
1919The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
1920
1921@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
1922
1923The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
1924
1925@end itemize
1926
1927@node MD
c1253627 1928@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
1929
1930@kindex --MD
1931@cindex dependency tracking
1932@cindex make rules
1933
a4fb0134 1934@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
1935file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
1936dependencies of the main source file.
1937
1938The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
1939
1940This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
1941
1942@node o
a4fb0134 1943@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
1944
1945@kindex -o
1946@cindex naming object file
1947@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 1948There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
1949default it has the name
1950@ifset GENERIC
1951@ifset I960
1952@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
1953@end ifset
1954@ifclear I960
1955@file{a.out}.
1956@end ifclear
1957@end ifset
1958@ifclear GENERIC
1959@ifset I960
1960@file{b.out}.
1961@end ifset
1962@ifclear I960
1963@file{a.out}.
1964@end ifclear
1965@end ifclear
1966You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
1967object file a different name.
1968
a4fb0134 1969Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
1970existing file of the same name.
1971
1972@node R
a4fb0134 1973@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
1974
1975@kindex -R
1976@cindex data and text sections, joining
1977@cindex text and data sections, joining
1978@cindex joining text and data sections
1979@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 1980@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
1981data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
1982the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
1983section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
1984your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
1985appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
1986
a4fb0134 1987When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
1988address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
1989data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 1990older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 1991
c1253627
NC
1992@ifset COFF-ELF
1993When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
1994this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
1995@samp{.data}.
1996@end ifset
1997
1998@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
1999@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2000@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2001@end ifset
2002
2003@node statistics
a4fb0134 2004@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2005
2006@kindex --statistics
2007@cindex statistics, about assembly
2008@cindex time, total for assembly
2009@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2010Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2011@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2012(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2013seconds).
2014
2015@node traditional-format
c1253627 2016@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2017
2018@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2019For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2020from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2021@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2022
2023For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2024@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2025
2026@node v
a4fb0134 2027@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2028
2029@kindex -v
2030@kindex -version
2031@cindex assembler version
2032@cindex version of assembler
2033You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2034option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2035command line.
2036
2037@node W
a4fb0134 2038@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2039
a4fb0134 2040@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2041assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2042cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2043made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2044
c1253627
NC
2045@kindex -W
2046@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2047@cindex suppressing warnings
2048@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2049If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2050This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2051how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2052are still reported.
2053
c1253627 2054@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2055@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2056@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2057If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2058files that generate warnings to be in error.
2059
c1253627 2060@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2061@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2062You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2063causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2064
2065@node Z
a4fb0134 2066@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2067@cindex object file, after errors
2068@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2069After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2070some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2071@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2072option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2073writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2074errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2075
2076@node Syntax
2077@chapter Syntax
2078
2079@cindex machine-independent syntax
2080@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2081This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2082source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2083assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2084@ifclear VAX
2085assembler.
2086@end ifclear
2087@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2088assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2089@end ifset
2090
2091@menu
2092* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2093* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2094* Comments:: Comments
2095* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2096* Statements:: Statements
2097* Constants:: Constants
2098@end menu
2099
2100@node Preprocessing
2101@section Preprocessing
2102
2103@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2104The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2105@itemize @bullet
2106@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2107@item
2108adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2109the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2110a single space.
2111
2112@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2113@item
2114removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2115appropriate number of newlines.
2116
2117@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2118@item
2119converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2120@end itemize
2121
2122It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2123anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2124do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2125(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2126to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2127@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2128Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2129
2130Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2131cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2132preprocessed.
2133
2134@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2135@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2136@kindex #NO_APP
2137@kindex #APP
2138If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2139@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2140Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2141specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2142text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2143@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2144@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2145and whitespace.
2146
2147@node Whitespace
2148@section Whitespace
2149
2150@cindex whitespace
2151@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2152Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2153people to read. Unless within character constants
2154(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2155as exactly one space.
2156
2157@node Comments
2158@section Comments
2159
2160@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2161There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2162cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2163
2164Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2165This means you may not nest these comments.
2166
2167@smallexample
2168/*
2169 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2170 is to use this sort of comment.
2171*/
2172
2173/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2174@end smallexample
2175
2176@cindex line comment character
2177Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2178is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2179@ifset ARC
2180@samp{;} on the ARC;
2181@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2182@ifset ARM
2183@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2184@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2185@ifset H8/300
2186@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2187@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2188@ifset HPPA
2189@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2190@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2191@ifset I80386
2192@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2193@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2194@ifset I960
2195@samp{#} on the i960;
2196@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2197@ifset PDP11
2198@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2199@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2200@ifset PJ
2201@samp{;} for picoJava;
2202@end ifset
418c1742 2203@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2204@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2205@end ifset
252b5132 2206@ifset SH
ef230218 2207@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2208@end ifset
2209@ifset SPARC
2210@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2211@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2212@ifset IP2K
2213@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2214@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2215@ifset M32C
2216@samp{#} on the m32c;
2217@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2218@ifset M32R
2219@samp{#} on the m32r;
2220@end ifset
2221@ifset M680X0
2222@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2223@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2224@ifset M68HC11
2225@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2226@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2227@ifset VAX
2228@samp{#} on the Vax;
2229@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2230@ifset Z80
2231@samp{;} for the Z80;
2232@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2233@ifset Z8000
2234@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2235@end ifset
2236@ifset V850
2237@samp{#} on the V850;
2238@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2239@ifset XTENSA
2240@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2241@end ifset
252b5132 2242see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2243@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2244
2245@ifset GENERIC
2246On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2247character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2248a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2249@end ifset
2250
2251@ifset V850
2252The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2253extends to the end of the line.
2254
2255@samp{--};
2256@end ifset
2257
2258@kindex #
2259@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2260@cindex logical line numbers
2261To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2262special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2263expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2264line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2265new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2266
2267If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2268the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2269
2270@smallexample
2271 # This is an ordinary comment.
2272# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2273 # This is logical line # 36.
2274@end smallexample
2275This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2276of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2277
2278@node Symbol Intro
2279@section Symbols
2280
2281@cindex characters used in symbols
2282@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2283A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2284letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2285@samp{_.$}.
2286@end ifclear
2287@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2288@ifclear GENERIC
2289@ifset H8
2290A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2291letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2292@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2293symbol names.)
2294@end ifset
2295@end ifclear
2296@end ifset
2297@ifset GENERIC
2298On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2299are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2300@end ifset
2301No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2302There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2303delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2304(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2305not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2306@cindex length of symbols
2307
2308@node Statements
2309@section Statements
2310
2311@cindex statements, structure of
2312@cindex line separator character
2313@cindex statement separator character
2314@ifclear GENERIC
2315@ifclear abnormal-separator
2316A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2317semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2318the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2319constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2320@end ifclear
2321@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2322@ifset HPPA
2323A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
2324point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2325preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2326constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2327@end ifset
2328@ifset H8
2329A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2330H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2331(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2332the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2333constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2334@end ifset
2335@end ifset
2336@end ifclear
2337@ifset GENERIC
2338A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2339separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2340conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2341newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2342statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2343exception: they do not end statements.
2344@end ifset
2345
2346@cindex newline, required at file end
2347@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2348It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2349character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2350
2351An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2352
2353@cindex instructions and directives
2354@cindex directives and instructions
2355@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2356@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2357@c 13feb91.
2358A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2359key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2360symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2361symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2362directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2363a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2364assembles into a machine language instruction.
2365@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2366Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2367recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2368represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2369language.@refill
2370@end ifset
2371
2372@cindex @code{:} (label)
2373@cindex label (@code{:})
2374A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2375Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2376have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2377
2378@ifset HPPA
2379For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
2380the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2381only one label may be defined on each line.
2382@end ifset
2383
2384@smallexample
2385label: .directive followed by something
2386another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2387 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2388@end smallexample
2389
2390@node Constants
2391@section Constants
2392
2393@cindex constants
2394A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2395inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2396@smallexample
2397@group
2398.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2399.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2400.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2401.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
240295028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2403@end group
2404@end smallexample
2405
2406@menu
2407* Characters:: Character Constants
2408* Numbers:: Number Constants
2409@end menu
2410
2411@node Characters
2412@subsection Character Constants
2413
2414@cindex character constants
2415@cindex constants, character
2416There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2417for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2418numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2419@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2420used in arithmetic expressions.
2421
2422@menu
2423* Strings:: Strings
2424* Chars:: Characters
2425@end menu
2426
2427@node Strings
2428@subsubsection Strings
2429
2430@cindex string constants
2431@cindex constants, string
2432A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2433double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2434into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2435a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2436one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2437@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2438(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2439escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2440
2441@cindex escape codes, character
2442@cindex character escape codes
2443@table @kbd
2444@c @item \a
2445@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2446@c
2447@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2448@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2449@item \b
2450Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2451
2452@c @item \e
2453@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2454@c
2455@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2456@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2457@item \f
2458Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2459
2460@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2461@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2462@item \n
2463Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2464
2465@c @item \p
2466@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2467@c
2468@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2469@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2470@item \r
2471Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2472
2473@c @item \s
2474@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2475@c other assemblers.
2476@c
2477@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2478@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2479@item \t
2480Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2481
2482@c @item \v
2483@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2484@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2485@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2486@c
2487@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2488@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2489@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2490An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2491For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2492for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2493
2494@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2495@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2496@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2497A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2498lower case @code{x} works.
2499
2500@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2501@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2502@item \\
2503Represents one @samp{\} character.
2504
2505@c @item \'
2506@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2507@c This is needed in single character literals
2508@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2509@c a @samp{'}.
2510@c
2511@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2512@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2513@item \"
2514Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2515this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2516
2517@item \ @var{anything-else}
2518Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2519assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2520you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2521interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2522other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2523code and warns you of the fact.
2524@end table
2525
2526Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2527varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2528the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2529compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2530sequence.
2531
2532@node Chars
2533@subsubsection Characters
2534
2535@cindex single character constant
2536@cindex character, single
2537@cindex constant, single character
2538A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2539followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2540to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2541must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2542@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2543grave accent. A newline
2544@ifclear GENERIC
2545@ifclear abnormal-separator
2546(or semicolon @samp{;})
2547@end ifclear
2548@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2549@ifset H8
2550(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2551Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2552@end ifset
2553@end ifset
2554@end ifclear
2555immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2556and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2557constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2558that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2559@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2560
2561@node Numbers
2562@subsection Number Constants
2563
2564@cindex constants, number
2565@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2566@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2567are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2568would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2569integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2570are floating point numbers, described below.
2571
2572@menu
2573* Integers:: Integers
2574* Bignums:: Bignums
2575* Flonums:: Flonums
2576@ifclear GENERIC
2577@ifset I960
2578* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2579@end ifset
2580@end ifclear
2581@end menu
2582
2583@node Integers
2584@subsubsection Integers
2585@cindex integers
2586@cindex constants, integer
2587
2588@cindex binary integers
2589@cindex integers, binary
2590A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2591the binary digits @samp{01}.
2592
2593@cindex octal integers
2594@cindex integers, octal
2595An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2596digits (@samp{01234567}).
2597
2598@cindex decimal integers
2599@cindex integers, decimal
2600A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2601more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2602
2603@cindex hexadecimal integers
2604@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2605A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2606more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2607
2608Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2609the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2610(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2611
2612@node Bignums
2613@subsubsection Bignums
2614
2615@cindex bignums
2616@cindex constants, bignum
2617A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2618except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2619represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2620integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2621
2622@node Flonums
2623@subsubsection Flonums
2624@cindex flonums
2625@cindex floating point numbers
2626@cindex constants, floating point
2627
2628@cindex precision, floating point
2629A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2630indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2631@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2632sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2633to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2634portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2635
2636A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2637@itemize @bullet
2638@item
2639The digit @samp{0}.
2640@ifset HPPA
2641(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2642@end ifset
2643
2644@item
a4fb0134 2645A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2646@ifset GENERIC
2647@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2648@ignore
2649@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2650(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
26514.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2652@end ignore
2653
7be1c489 2654On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2655and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2656one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2657
2658On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2659(in upper or lower case).
2660
2661On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2662one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2663
2664On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2665@end ifset
2666@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2667@ifset ARC
2668One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2669@end ifset
2670@ifset H8
2671One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2672@end ifset
2673@ifset HPPA
2674The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2675@end ifset
2676@ifset I960
2677One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2678@end ifset
2679@end ifclear
2680
2681@item
2682An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2683
2684@item
2685An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2686
2687@item
2688An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2689or more decimal digits.
2690
2691@item
2692An optional exponent, consisting of:
2693
2694@itemize @bullet
2695@item
2696An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2697@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2698@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2699@item
2700Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2701@item
2702One or more decimal digits.
2703@end itemize
2704
2705@end itemize
2706
2707At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2708present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2709
a4fb0134 2710@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2711independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2712@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2713
2714@ifclear GENERIC
2715@ifset I960
2716@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2717@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2718@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2719@node Bit Fields
2720@subsubsection Bit Fields
2721
2722@cindex bit fields
2723@cindex constants, bit field
2724You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2725Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2726@example
2727@var{mask}:@var{value}
2728@end example
2729@noindent
a4fb0134 2730@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2731@var{value}.
2732
2733The resulting number is then packed
2734@ifset GENERIC
2735@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2736(in host-dependent byte order)
2737@end ifset
2738into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2739bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2740requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2741more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2742least significant digits.@refill
2743
2744The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2745@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2746@end ifset
2747@end ifclear
2748
2749@node Sections
2750@chapter Sections and Relocation
2751@cindex sections
2752@cindex relocation
2753
2754@menu
2755* Secs Background:: Background
2756* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2757* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2758* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2759* bss:: bss Section
2760@end menu
2761
2762@node Secs Background
2763@section Background
2764
2765Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2766``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2767For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2768
2769@cindex linker, and assembler
2770@cindex assembler, and linker
2771The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2772combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2773emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2774@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2775different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2776oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2777sections.
2778
2779@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2780addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2781units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2782within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2783run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2784the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2785the proper run-time addresses.
2786@ifset H8
7be1c489 2787For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2788@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2789ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2790@end ifset
2791
2792@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2793An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2794of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2795@dfn{bss} sections.
2796
c1253627 2797@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2798@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2799When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2800@end ifset
a4fb0134 2801@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2802using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2803If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2804or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2805@end ifset
2806
2807@ifset HPPA
2808@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2809When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2810@end ifset
a4fb0134 2811@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2812specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2813@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2814(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2815assembler directives.
2816
2817@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2818Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2819text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2820is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2821BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2822@end ifset
2823@end ifset
2824
2825Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2826data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2827
2828@ifset HPPA
2829When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2830section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2831@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2832@end ifset
2833
2834To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2835relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2836object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2837@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2838file is mentioned:
2839@itemize @bullet
2840@item
2841Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2842an address?
2843@item
2844How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2845@item
2846Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2847@display
2848(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2849@end display
2850@item
2851Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2852@end itemize
2853
2854@cindex addresses, format of
2855@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2856In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2857@display
2858(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2859@end display
2860@noindent
a4fb0134 2861Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2862nature.
2863@ifset SOM
2864(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2865symbol-relative instead.)
2866@end ifset
2867
2868In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2869@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2870
2871Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2872@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2873addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
2874@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
2875@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
2876data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
2877their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
2878part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
2879address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
2880
2881The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
2882address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
2883rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
2884Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
2885address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
2886common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
2887time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
2888
2889By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
2890the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
2891sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
2892customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
2893the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
2894data and bss sections.
2895
2896Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 2897use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
2898
2899@node Ld Sections
2900@section Linker Sections
2901@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
2902
2903@table @strong
2904
c1253627 2905@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2906@cindex named sections
2907@cindex sections, named
2908@item named sections
2909@end ifset
2910@ifset aout-bout
2911@cindex text section
2912@cindex data section
2913@itemx text section
2914@itemx data section
2915@end ifset
a4fb0134 2916These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 2917separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
2918true of another.
2919@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
2920When the program is running, however, it is
2921customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
2922text section is often shared among processes: it contains
2923instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
2924program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
2925in the data section.
c1253627 2926@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
2927
2928@cindex bss section
2929@item bss section
2930This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 2931is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
2932each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
2933out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
2934bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
2935those explicit zeros from object files.
2936
2937@cindex absolute section
2938@item absolute section
2939Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
2940This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
2941not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
2942addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
2943
2944@cindex undefined section
2945@item undefined section
2946This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
2947the preceding sections.
2948@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
2949@end table
2950
2951@cindex relocation example
2952An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 2953@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2954The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
2955@end ifset
2956Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
2957
2958@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 2959@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
2960@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
2961@smallexample
2962 +-----+----+--+
2963partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
2964 +-----+----+--+
2965
2966 text data bss
2967 seg. seg. seg.
2968
2969 +---+---+---+
2970partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
2971 +---+---+---+
2972
2973 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
2974linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
2975 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
2976
2977 addresses: 0 @dots{}
2978@end smallexample
2979@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 2980@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
2981@need 5000
2982@tex
c1253627 2983\bigskip
252b5132
RH
2984\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
2985\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2986\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
2987
2988\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
2989\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2990\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
2991
2992\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
2993\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2994\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
2995ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
2996DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
2997
2998\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
2999\line{0\dots\hfil}
3000
3001@end tex
3002@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3003
3004@node As Sections
3005@section Assembler Internal Sections
3006
3007@cindex internal assembler sections
3008@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3009These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3010have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3011sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3012warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3013meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3014value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3015section-relative address.
3016
3017@table @b
3018@cindex assembler internal logic error
3019@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3020An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3021bug in the assembler.
3022
3023@cindex expr (internal section)
3024@item expr section
3025The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3026symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3027it in the expr section.
3028@c FIXME item debug
3029@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3030@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3031@c FIXME item register
3032@end table
3033
3034@node Sub-Sections
3035@section Sub-Sections
3036
3037@cindex numbered subsections
3038@cindex grouping data
3039@ifset aout-bout
3040Assembled bytes
c1253627 3041@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3042conventionally
3043@end ifset
3044fall into two sections: text and data.
3045@end ifset
3046You may have separate groups of
3047@ifset GENERIC
3048data in named sections
3049@end ifset
3050@ifclear GENERIC
3051@ifclear aout-bout
3052data in named sections
3053@end ifclear
3054@ifset aout-bout
3055text or data
3056@end ifset
3057@end ifclear
3058that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3059are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3060use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3061numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3062same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3063subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3064section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3065assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3066section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3067constants being output.
3068
3069Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3070goes in subsection number zero.
3071
3072@ifset GENERIC
3073Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3074(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3075of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3076@end ifset
3077@ifclear GENERIC
3078@ifset H8
7be1c489 3079On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3080boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3081The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3082@end ifset
3083@ifset I960
3084@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3085@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3086@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3087@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3088@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3089@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3090@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3091@end ifclear
3092
3093Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3094to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3095The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3096other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3097They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3098data subsections as a data section.
3099
3100To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3101into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3102@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3103@ifset COFF
252b5132 3104@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3105When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3106@end ifset
3107@ifclear GENERIC
3108You
3109@end ifclear
3110can also use an extra subsection
3111argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3112@var{expression}}.
3113@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3114@ifset ELF
3115@ifset GENERIC
3116When generating ELF output, you
3117@end ifset
3118@ifclear GENERIC
3119You
3120@end ifclear
3121can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3122to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3123@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3124@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3125(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3126is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3127begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3128@smallexample
3129.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3130.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3131.text 1
3132.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3133.data 0
3134.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3135.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3136.text 0
3137.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3138.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3139@end smallexample
3140
3141Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3142assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3143restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3144counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3145@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3146current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3147assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3148
3149@node bss
3150@section bss Section
3151
3152@cindex bss section
3153@cindex common variable storage
3154The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3155You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3156not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3157your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3158section are zeroed bytes.
3159
3160The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3161@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3162
3163The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3164another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3165
3166@ifset GENERIC
3167When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3168COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3169see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3170section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3171@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3172@end ifset
3173
3174@node Symbols
3175@chapter Symbols
3176
3177@cindex symbols
3178Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3179things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3180to debug.
3181
3182@quotation
3183@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3184@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3185the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3186@end quotation
3187
3188@menu
3189* Labels:: Labels
3190* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3191* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3192* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3193* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3194@end menu
3195
3196@node Labels
3197@section Labels
3198
3199@cindex labels
3200A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3201@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3202active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3203operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3204different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3205definitions.
3206
3207@ifset HPPA
3208On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3209colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3210a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3211provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3212@end ifset
3213
3214@node Setting Symbols
3215@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3216
3217@cindex assigning values to symbols
3218@cindex symbol values, assigning
3219A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3220by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3221(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3222directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3223equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3224@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132
RH
3225
3226@node Symbol Names
3227@section Symbol Names
3228
3229@cindex symbol names
3230@cindex names, symbol
3231@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3232Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3233machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3234noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3235string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3236particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3237@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3238@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3239@ifset H8
3240Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3241Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3242character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3243on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3244@end ifset
3245@end ifset
3246
3247Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3248than @code{Foo}.
3249
3250Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3251refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3252in a program.
3253
3254@subheading Local Symbol Names
3255
3256@cindex local symbol names
3257@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3258A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3259By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3260@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3261set of local label prefixes.
3262@ifset HPPA
3263On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3264@end ifset
3265
3266Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3267normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3268You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3269@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3270
3271@subheading Local Labels
3272
3273@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3274@cindex temporary symbol names
3275@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3276Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3277They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3278the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3279To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3280represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3281definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3282you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3283@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3284for ``forwards''.
3285
3286There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3287too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3288the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3289defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3290definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3291noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3292implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3293
3294Here is an example:
3295
3296@smallexample
32971: branch 1f
32982: branch 1b
32991: branch 2f
33002: branch 1b
3301@end smallexample
3302
3303Which is the equivalent of:
3304
3305@smallexample
3306label_1: branch label_3
3307label_2: branch label_1
3308label_3: branch label_4
3309label_4: branch label_3
3310@end smallexample
3311
ba83aca1 3312Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3313transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3314The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3315are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3316these parts:
252b5132
RH
3317
3318@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3319@item @emph{local label prefix}
3320All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3321Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3322that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3323used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3324@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3325object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3326you may use them in debugging.
3327
2d5aaba0
NC
3328@item @var{number}
3329This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
3330label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3331
2d5aaba0
NC
3332@item @kbd{C-B}
3333This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3334of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3335
3336@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0
NC
3337This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
3338@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
3339number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3340the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3341@end table
3342
ba83aca1
BW
3343So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3344the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3345
3346@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3347@cindex dollar local symbols
3348
3349@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3350dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3351soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3352region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3353scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3354the same local label.
3355
3356Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3357except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3358@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3359
3360They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3361names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3362to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3363@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3364
3365@node Dot
3366@section The Special Dot Symbol
3367
3368@cindex dot (symbol)
3369@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3370@cindex current address
3371@cindex location counter
3372The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3373@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3374.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3375Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3376directive.
252b5132 3377@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3378Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3379@samp{.space 4}.
3380@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3381
3382@node Symbol Attributes
3383@section Symbol Attributes
3384
3385@cindex symbol attributes
3386@cindex attributes, symbol
3387Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3388``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3389attributes.
3390@ifset INTERNALS
3391The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3392@end ifset
3393
a4fb0134 3394If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3395all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3396symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3397would want.
3398
3399@menu
3400* Symbol Value:: Value
3401* Symbol Type:: Type
3402@ifset aout-bout
3403@ifset GENERIC
3404* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3405@end ifset
3406@ifclear GENERIC
3407@ifclear BOUT
3408* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3409@end ifclear
3410@ifset BOUT
3411* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3412@end ifset
3413@end ifclear
3414@end ifset
3415@ifset COFF
3416* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3417@end ifset
3418@ifset SOM
3419* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3420@end ifset
3421@end menu
3422
3423@node Symbol Value
3424@subsection Value
3425
3426@cindex value of a symbol
3427@cindex symbol value
3428The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3429location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3430number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3431Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3432as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3433symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3434called absolute.
3435
3436The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
34370 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3438@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3439same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3440name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3441common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3442bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3443allocated storage.
3444
3445@node Symbol Type
3446@subsection Type
3447
3448@cindex type of a symbol
3449@cindex symbol type
3450The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3451information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3452(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3453format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3454
3455@ifset aout-bout
3456@ifclear GENERIC
3457@ifset BOUT
3458@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3459@c better if it were available outside examples.
3460@need 1000
3461@node a.out Symbols
3462@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3463
3464@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3465@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3466These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3467one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3468@code{b.out}.
3469
3470@end ifset
3471@ifclear BOUT
3472@node a.out Symbols
3473@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3474
3475@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3476@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3477
3478@end ifclear
3479@end ifclear
3480@ifset GENERIC
3481@node a.out Symbols
3482@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3483
3484@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3485@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3486
3487@end ifset
3488@menu
3489* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3490* Symbol Other:: Other
3491@end menu
3492
3493@node Symbol Desc
3494@subsubsection Descriptor
3495
3496@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3497This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3498descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3499(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3500@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3501
3502@node Symbol Other
3503@subsubsection Other
3504
3505@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3506This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3507@end ifset
3508
3509@ifset COFF
3510@node COFF Symbols
3511@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3512
3513@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3514@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3515
3516The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3517like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3518@code{.endef} directives.
3519
3520@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3521
3522@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3523The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3524respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3525
3526@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3527
3528@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3529The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3530@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3531table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3532@end ifset
3533
3534@ifset SOM
3535@node SOM Symbols
3536@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3537
3538@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3539@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3540
3541The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3542the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3543
3544The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
3545Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3546@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3547@end ifset
3548
3549@node Expressions
3550@chapter Expressions
3551
3552@cindex expressions
3553@cindex addresses
3554@cindex numeric values
3555An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3556Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3557
3558The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3559a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3560enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3561section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3562the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3563@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3564
3565@menu
3566* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3567* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3568@end menu
3569
3570@node Empty Exprs
3571@section Empty Expressions
3572
3573@cindex empty expressions
3574@cindex expressions, empty
3575An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3576Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3577expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3578is compatible with other assemblers.
3579
3580@node Integer Exprs
3581@section Integer Expressions
3582
3583@cindex integer expressions
3584@cindex expressions, integer
3585An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3586by @emph{operators}.
3587
3588@menu
3589* Arguments:: Arguments
3590* Operators:: Operators
3591* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3592* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3593@end menu
3594
3595@node Arguments
3596@subsection Arguments
3597
3598@cindex expression arguments
3599@cindex arguments in expressions
3600@cindex operands in expressions
3601@cindex arithmetic operands
3602@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3603contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3604this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3605the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3606expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3607instruction operands.
3608
3609Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3610@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3611or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3612integer.
3613
3614Numbers are usually integers.
3615
3616A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3617that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3618these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3619instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3620assemblers.
3621
3622@cindex subexpressions
3623Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3624expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3625operator followed by an argument.
3626
3627@node Operators
3628@subsection Operators
3629
3630@cindex operators, in expressions
3631@cindex arithmetic functions
3632@cindex functions, in expressions
3633@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3634operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3635between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3636whitespace.
3637
3638@node Prefix Ops
3639@subsection Prefix Operator
3640
3641@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3642@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3643one argument, which must be absolute.
3644
3645@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3646@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3647@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3648@tex
3649\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3650@end tex
3651
3652@table @code
3653@item -
3654@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3655@item ~
3656@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3657@end table
3658
3659@tex
3660\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3661@end tex
3662
3663@node Infix Ops
3664@subsection Infix Operators
3665
3666@cindex infix operators
3667@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3668@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3669have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3670to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3671absolute, and the result is absolute.
3672
3673@enumerate
3674@cindex operator precedence
3675@cindex precedence of operators
3676
3677@item
3678Highest Precedence
3679
3680@table @code
3681@item *
3682@dfn{Multiplication}.
3683
3684@item /
3685@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3686
3687@item %
3688@dfn{Remainder}.
3689
d1eac9d9 3690@item <<
252b5132
RH
3691@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3692
d1eac9d9 3693@item >>
252b5132
RH
3694@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3695@end table
3696
3697@item
3698Intermediate precedence
3699
3700@table @code
3701@item |
3702
3703@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3704
3705@item &
3706@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3707
3708@item ^
3709@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3710
3711@item !
3712@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3713@end table
3714
3715@item
b131d4dc 3716Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3717
3718@table @code
3719@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3720@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3721@cindex arguments for addition
3722@item +
3723@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3724the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3725sections.
3726
3727@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3728@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3729@cindex arguments for subtraction
3730@item -
3731@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3732result has the section of the left argument.
3733If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3734You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3735@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3736
3737@cindex comparison expressions
3738@cindex expressions, comparison
3739@item ==
3740@dfn{Is Equal To}
3741@item <>
723a8472 3742@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3743@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3744@item <
3745@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3746@item >
b131d4dc 3747@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3748@item >=
b131d4dc 3749@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3750@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3751@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3752
3753The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3754value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3755perform signed comparisons.
3756@end table
3757
3758@item Lowest Precedence
3759
3760@table @code
3761@item &&
3762@dfn{Logical And}.
3763
3764@item ||
3765@dfn{Logical Or}.
3766
3767These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3768expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3769value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3770or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3771
252b5132
RH
3772@end table
3773@end enumerate
3774
3775In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3776address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3777
3778@node Pseudo Ops
3779@chapter Assembler Directives
3780
3781@cindex directives, machine independent
3782@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3783@cindex machine independent directives
3784All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3785The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3786
3787This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3788target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3789@ifset GENERIC
3790Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3791@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3792@end ifset
3793@ifclear GENERIC
3794@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3795@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3796@end ifset
3797@end ifclear
3798
3799@menu
3800* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3801@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3802* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3803@end ifset
f0dc282c 3804
252b5132 3805* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3806* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3807* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3808* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3809* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3810* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3811* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3812* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3813* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3814@ifset COFF
3815* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3816@end ifset
3817@ifset aout-bout
3818* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3819@end ifset
3820@ifset COFF
3821* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3822@end ifset
f0dc282c 3823
252b5132
RH
3824* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3825* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3826* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3827* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3828* End:: @code{.end}
3829@ifset COFF
3830* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3831@end ifset
f0dc282c 3832
252b5132
RH
3833* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3834* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3835* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3836* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3837* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3838* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3839* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3840* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3841* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3842* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3843* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3844* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3845* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
3846* Func:: @code{.func}
3847* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3848@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3849* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3850* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3851@end ifset
f0dc282c 3852
252b5132
RH
3853* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3854* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3855* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3856* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3857* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3858* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3859@ifset ELF
3860* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3861@end ifset
f0dc282c 3862
252b5132
RH
3863* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3864* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3865* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3866* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3867@ifclear no-line-dir
3868* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3869@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3870
252b5132
RH
3871* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
3872* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 3873* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
3874* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
3875* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
3876@ifset ELF
3877* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
3878@end ifset
bd0eb99b 3879
252b5132
RH
3880* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
3881@ignore
3882* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3883@end ignore
f0dc282c 3884
252b5132
RH
3885* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
3886* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 3887* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
3888* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
3889* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
3890* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
3891* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
3892@ifset ELF
3893* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
3894* Previous:: @code{.previous}
3895@end ifset
f0dc282c 3896
252b5132 3897* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
3898@ifset ELF
3899* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
3900@end ifset
f0dc282c 3901
252b5132
RH
3902* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
3903* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
3904@ifset ELF
3905* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
3906@end ifset
f0dc282c 3907
252b5132 3908* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 3909* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
3910* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
3911* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
3912@ifset COFF
3913* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
3914@end ifset
3915@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 3916* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 3917@end ifset
f0dc282c 3918
252b5132
RH
3919* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3920* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
3921* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 3922@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3923* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 3924@end ifset
884f0d36 3925@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3926* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
3927@end ifclear
3928
252b5132 3929* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 3930@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3931* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 3932@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3933@ifset have-stabs
3934* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
3935@end ifset
f0dc282c 3936
38a57ae7 3937* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
3938* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
3939@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 3940* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
3941* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
3942@end ifset
f0dc282c 3943
252b5132
RH
3944@ifset COFF
3945* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
3946@end ifset
f0dc282c 3947
252b5132
RH
3948* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
3949* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 3950@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3951* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
3952@end ifset
3953
c91d2e08 3954* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 3955@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
3956* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
3957@end ifset
f0dc282c 3958
2e13b764 3959@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 3960* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
3961* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
3962* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 3963@end ifset
f0dc282c 3964
d190d046 3965* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 3966* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 3967* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
3968* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
3969* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
3970@end menu
3971
3972@node Abort
3973@section @code{.abort}
3974
3975@cindex @code{abort} directive
3976@cindex stopping the assembly
3977This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
3978compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
3979assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 3980of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
3981quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
3982
3983@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
3984@node ABORT (COFF)
3985@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
3986
3987@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 3988When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
3989synonym for @samp{.abort}.
3990
3991@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 3992When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
3993but ignores it.
3994@end ifset
3995@end ifset
3996
3997@node Align
3998@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
3999
4000@cindex padding the location counter
4001@cindex @code{align} directive
4002Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4003boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4004required, as described below.
4005
4006The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4007padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4008padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4009marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4010with no-op instructions.
4011
4012The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4013it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4014directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4015specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4016fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4017required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4018with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4019
4020The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4021For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4022s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4023alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4024the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4025is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4026first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4027
9e9a9798 4028For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4029strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4030number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4031advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4032counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4033multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4034
4035This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4036native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4037GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4038described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4039architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4040
ccf8a69b
BW
4041@node Altmacro
4042@section @code{.altmacro}
4043Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4044
4045@ftable @code
4046@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4047One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4048generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4049replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4050replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4051separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4052define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4053
4054@item String delimiters
4055You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4056@code{"@var{string}"}:
4057
4058@table @code
4059@item '@var{string}'
4060You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4061
4062@item <@var{string}>
4063You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4064@end table
4065
4066@item single-character string escape
4067To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4068character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4069character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4070write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4071
4072@item Expression results as strings
4073You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
4074and use the result as a string.
4075@end ftable
4076
252b5132
RH
4077@node Ascii
4078@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4079
4080@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4081@cindex string literals
4082@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4083separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4084trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4085
4086@node Asciz
4087@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4088
4089@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4090@cindex zero-terminated strings
4091@cindex null-terminated strings
4092@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4093a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4094
4095@node Balign
4096@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4097
4098@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4099@cindex @code{balign} directive
4100Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4101storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4102alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4103the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4104is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4105
4106The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4107padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4108padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4109marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4110with no-op instructions.
4111
4112The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4113it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4114directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4115specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4116fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4117required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4118with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4119
4120@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4121@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4122The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4123@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4124pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4125fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
41264,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4127filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4128the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4129undefined.
4130
4131@node Byte
4132@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4133
4134@cindex @code{byte} directive
4135@cindex integers, one byte
4136@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4137Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4138
54cfded0 4139@node CFI directives
4b7d318b 4140@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4141@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4142@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4143should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4144data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4145@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4146
4b7d318b
L
4147Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4148it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
4149
54cfded0
AM
4150@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4151@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4152@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4153unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4154@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4155
9b8ae42e
JJ
4156@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4157@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4158@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4159should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4160argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4161a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4162the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4163can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4164The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4165no personality routine.
4166
4167@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4168@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4169@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4170should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4171argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4172or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4173no LSDA.
4174
54cfded0
AM
4175@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4176@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
4177address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4178
4179@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4180@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4181now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4182remains the same.
4183
4184@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4185@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4186remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4187absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4188CFA address.
4189
4190@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4191Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4192value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4193
4194@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4195Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4196CFA.
4197
17076204
RH
4198@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4199Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4200the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4201using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4202This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4203code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4204
4b7d318b
L
4205@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4206Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4207
4208@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
4209@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4210same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4211instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4212
4213@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4214From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4215
4216@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
4217Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4218i.e. no restoration needed.
4219
4220@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4221First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4222then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4223everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4224the previous saved state.
4225
4226@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
4227Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4228directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4229
63752a75
JJ
4230@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4231Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4232
6749011b 4233@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4234SPARC register window has been saved.
4235
cdfbf930
RH
4236@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4237Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4238might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4239opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4240
f1c4cc75
RH
4241@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4242The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4243will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4244description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4245
4246The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4247limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4248mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4249by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4250or another register.
4251
ccf8a69b
BW
4252@node Comm
4253@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4254
ccf8a69b
BW
4255@cindex @code{comm} directive
4256@cindex symbol, common
4257@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4258common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4259of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4260definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4261allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4262absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4263the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4264using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4265
ccf8a69b
BW
4266@ifset ELF
4267When using ELF, the @code{.comm} directive takes an optional third argument.
4268This is the desired alignment of the symbol, specified as a byte boundary (for
4269example, an alignment of 16 means that the least significant 4 bits of the
4270address should be zero). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it
4271must be a power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory
4272for the common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If
4273no alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
4274largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
4275maximum of 16.
4276@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4277
ccf8a69b
BW
4278@ifset HPPA
4279The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4280@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4281@end ifset
07a53e5c 4282
252b5132
RH
4283@node Data
4284@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4285
4286@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4287@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4288end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4289absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4290to zero.
4291
4292@ifset COFF
4293@node Def
4294@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4295
4296@cindex @code{def} directive
4297@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4298@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4299Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4300definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4301@ifset BOUT
4302
a4fb0134 4303This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4304format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4305but ignored.
4306@end ifset
4307@end ifset
4308
4309@ifset aout-bout
4310@node Desc
4311@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4312
4313@cindex @code{desc} directive
4314@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4315@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4316This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4317to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4318
4319@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4320The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4321configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4322object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4323it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4324@end ifset
4325@end ifset
4326
4327@ifset COFF
4328@node Dim
4329@section @code{.dim}
4330
4331@cindex @code{dim} directive
4332@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4333@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4334This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4335information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4336@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4337@ifset BOUT
4338
4339@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4340@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4341ignores it.
4342@end ifset
4343@end ifset
4344
4345@node Double
4346@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4347
4348@cindex @code{double} directive
4349@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4350@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4351assembles floating point numbers.
4352@ifset GENERIC
4353The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4354@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4355@end ifset
4356@ifclear GENERIC
4357@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4358On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4359in @sc{ieee} format.
4360@end ifset
4361@end ifclear
4362
4363@node Eject
4364@section @code{.eject}
4365
4366@cindex @code{eject} directive
4367@cindex new page, in listings
4368@cindex page, in listings
4369@cindex listing control: new page
4370Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4371
4372@node Else
4373@section @code{.else}
4374
4375@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4376@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4377assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4378of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4379was false.
4380
3fd9f047
TW
4381@node Elseif
4382@section @code{.elseif}
4383
4384@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4385@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4386assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4387@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4388
252b5132
RH
4389@node End
4390@section @code{.end}
4391
4392@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4393@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4394process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4395
4396@ifset COFF
4397@node Endef
4398@section @code{.endef}
4399
4400@cindex @code{endef} directive
4401This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4402@code{.def}.
4403@ifset BOUT
4404
4405@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4406@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4407directive but ignores it.
4408@end ifset
4409@end ifset
4410
4411@node Endfunc
4412@section @code{.endfunc}
4413@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4414@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4415
4416@node Endif
4417@section @code{.endif}
4418
4419@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4420@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4421it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4422conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4423
4424@node Equ
4425@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4426
4427@cindex @code{equ} directive
4428@cindex assigning values to symbols
4429@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4430This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4431It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4432
4433@ifset HPPA
4434The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
4435@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4436@end ifset
4437
3c9b82ba
NC
4438@ifset Z80
4439The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4440@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
4441On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
96e9638b
BW
4442but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
4443Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4444@end ifset
4445
252b5132
RH
4446@node Equiv
4447@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4448@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4449The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4450the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4451symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4452undefined.
252b5132
RH
4453
4454Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
4455@smallexample
4456.ifdef SYM
4457.err
4458.endif
4459.equ SYM,VAL
4460@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4461plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4462
4463@node Eqv
4464@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4465@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4466The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4467evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4468the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4469value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4470
4471@node Err
4472@section @code{.err}
4473@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4474If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4475message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4476object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4477
d190d046
HPN
4478@node Error
4479@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4480@cindex error directive
4481
4482Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4483string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4484message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4485@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4486
4487@smallexample
4488 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4489@end smallexample
4490
252b5132
RH
4491@node Exitm
4492@section @code{.exitm}
4493Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4494
4495@node Extern
4496@section @code{.extern}
4497
4498@cindex @code{extern} directive
4499@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4500with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4501all undefined symbols as external.
4502
4503@node Fail
4504@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4505
4506@cindex @code{fail} directive
4507Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4508or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4509than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4510include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4511complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4512
252b5132 4513@node File
14082c76 4514@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4515@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4516
4517@ifclear no-file-dir
4518There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4519that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4520@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4521
4522@subheading Default Version
4523
252b5132
RH
4524@cindex logical file name
4525@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4526This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4527are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4528
4529@smallexample
4530.file @var{string}
4531@end smallexample
4532
4533@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4534recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4535to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4536statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4537old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4538
4539@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4540@end ifclear
4541
14082c76
BW
4542When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4543to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4544
4545@smallexample
4546.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4547@end smallexample
4548
4549The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4550index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4551literal.
4552
4553The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4554table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4555information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4556entries will have.
4557
252b5132
RH
4558@node Fill
4559@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4560
4561@cindex @code{fill} directive
4562@cindex writing patterns in memory
4563@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4564@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4565This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4566may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4567more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4568other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4569is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4570zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4571byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4572Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4573@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4574compatible with other people's assemblers.
4575
4576@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4577If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4578assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4579@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4580
4581@node Float
4582@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4583
4584@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4585@cindex @code{float} directive
4586This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4587has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4588@ifset GENERIC
4589The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4590@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4591@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4592@end ifset
4593@ifclear GENERIC
4594@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4595On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4596in @sc{ieee} format.
4597@end ifset
4598@end ifclear
4599
4600@node Func
4601@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4602@cindex @code{func} directive
4603@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4604is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4605Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4606@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4607prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4608@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4609All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4610The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4611
4612@node Global
4613@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4614
4615@cindex @code{global} directive
4616@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4617@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4618@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4619other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4620@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4621from another file linked into the same program.
4622
4623Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4624compatibility with other assemblers.
4625
4626@ifset HPPA
4627On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4628partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4629@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4630@end ifset
4631
c91d2e08 4632@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4633@node Gnu_attribute
4634@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4635Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4636
c91d2e08
NC
4637@node Hidden
4638@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4639
c1253627
NC
4640@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4641@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4642This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4643@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
4644@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4645
4646This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4647their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4648@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
4649Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
4650@end ifset
4651
252b5132
RH
4652@node hword
4653@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4654
4655@cindex @code{hword} directive
4656@cindex integers, 16-bit
4657@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4658@cindex sixteen bit integers
4659This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4660a 16 bit number for each.
4661
4662@ifset GENERIC
4663This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4664architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4665@end ifset
4666@ifclear GENERIC
4667@ifset W32
4668This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4669@end ifset
4670@ifset W16
4671This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4672@end ifset
4673@end ifclear
4674
4675@node Ident
4676@section @code{.ident}
4677
4678@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4679
4680This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4681behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4682a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4683source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4684for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4685@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4686emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4687
4688@node If
4689@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4690
4691@cindex conditional assembly
4692@cindex @code{if} directive
4693@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4694considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4695(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4696the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4697(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4698alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4699If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4700nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4701
4702The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4703@table @code
4704@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4705@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4706Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4707has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4708is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4709
26aca5f6
JB
4710@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4711@item .ifb @var{text}
4712Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4713
252b5132
RH
4714@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4715@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4716Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4717strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4718the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4719end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4720string comparison is case sensitive.
4721
4722@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4723@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4724Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4725
4726@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4727@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4728Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4729
4730@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4731@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4732Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4733equal to zero.
4734
4735@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4736@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4737Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4738
4739@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4740@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4741Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4742to zero.
4743
4744@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4745@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4746Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4747
26aca5f6
JB
4748@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4749@item .ifnb @var{text}
4750Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4751following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4752
252b5132
RH
4753@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4754@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4755Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4756following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4757
4758@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4759@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4760@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4761@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4762Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4763has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4764which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4765
4766@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4767@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4768Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4769(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4770
4771@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4772@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4773Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4774following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4775@end table
4776
7e005732
NC
4777@node Incbin
4778@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4779
4780@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4781@cindex binary files, including
4782The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4783location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4784option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4785around @var{file}.
4786
4787The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4788@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4789read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4790responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4791after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4792
252b5132
RH
4793@node Include
4794@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4795
4796@cindex @code{include} directive
4797@cindex supporting files, including
4798@cindex files, including
4799This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4800points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4801if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4802included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4803can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4804(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4805around @var{file}.
4806
4807@node Int
4808@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4809
4810@cindex @code{int} directive
4811@cindex integers, 32-bit
4812Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4813For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4814expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4815of target the assembly is for.
4816
4817@ifclear GENERIC
4818@ifset H8
7be1c489 4819On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4820integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
482132-bit integers.
4822@end ifset
4823@end ifclear
4824
c91d2e08
NC
4825@ifset ELF
4826@node Internal
4827@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4828
c1253627
NC
4829@cindex @code{internal} directive
4830@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4831This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4832@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
4833@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4834
4835This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4836their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4837@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4838(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4839processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4840@end ifset
4841
252b5132
RH
4842@node Irp
4843@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4844
4845@cindex @code{irp} directive
4846Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4847The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4848terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4849set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4850@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4851@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4852sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4853
4854For example, assembling
4855
4856@example
4857 .irp param,1,2,3
4858 move d\param,sp@@-
4859 .endr
4860@end example
4861
4862is equivalent to assembling
4863
4864@example
4865 move d1,sp@@-
4866 move d2,sp@@-
4867 move d3,sp@@-
4868@end example
4869
96e9638b 4870For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 4871
252b5132
RH
4872@node Irpc
4873@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4874
4875@cindex @code{irpc} directive
4876Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4877The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
4878terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
4879@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
4880assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
4881assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
4882@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4883
4884For example, assembling
4885
4886@example
4887 .irpc param,123
4888 move d\param,sp@@-
4889 .endr
4890@end example
4891
4892is equivalent to assembling
4893
4894@example
4895 move d1,sp@@-
4896 move d2,sp@@-
4897 move d3,sp@@-
4898@end example
4899
5e75c3ab
JB
4900For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
4901at @xref{Macro}.
4902
252b5132
RH
4903@node Lcomm
4904@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4905
4906@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
4907@cindex local common symbols
4908@cindex symbols, local common
4909Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
4910denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
4911those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
4912section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
4913is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
4914not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
4915
4916@ifset GENERIC
4917Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
4918argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
4919@end ifset
4920
4921@ifset HPPA
4922The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4923@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4924@end ifset
4925
4926@node Lflags
4927@section @code{.lflags}
4928
4929@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 4930@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
4931assemblers, but ignores it.
4932
4933@ifclear no-line-dir
4934@node Line
4935@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4936
4937@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
4938@cindex logical line number
4939@ifset aout-bout
4940Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
4941expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
4942statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
4943reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 4944@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 4945for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
4946@end ifset
4947
252b5132 4948Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 4949@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
4950when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
4951were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
4952@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
4953
4954Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
4955used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
4956debugging.
4957@end ifclear
4958
4959@node Linkonce
4960@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4961@cindex COMDAT
4962@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
4963@cindex common sections
4964Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
4965This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
4966but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
4967The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
4968Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
4969unique.
4970
4971This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
4972writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
4973Executable format used on Windows NT.
4974
4975The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
4976following strings. For example:
4977@smallexample
4978.linkonce same_size
4979@end smallexample
4980Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
4981
4982@table @code
4983@item discard
4984Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
4985
4986@item one_only
4987Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
4988
4989@item same_size
4990Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
4991
4992@item same_contents
4993Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
4994@end table
4995
ccf8a69b
BW
4996@node List
4997@section @code{.list}
4998
4999@cindex @code{list} directive
5000@cindex listing control, turning on
5001Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5002not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5003internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5004counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5005generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5006
5007By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5008@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5009the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5010
252b5132
RH
5011@node Ln
5012@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5013
5014@cindex @code{ln} directive
5015@ifclear no-line-dir
5016@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5017@end ifclear
5018@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5019Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5020must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5021line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5022statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5023line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5024@ifset BOUT
5025
a4fb0134 5026This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5027configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5028output format.
5029@end ifset
5030@end ifset
5031
ccf8a69b
BW
5032@node Loc
5033@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5034@cindex @code{loc} directive
5035When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5036the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5037number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5038instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5039arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5040the row is added.
252b5132 5041
ccf8a69b
BW
5042The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5043
5044@table @code
5045@item basic_block
5046This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5047@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5048
5049@item prologue_end
5050This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5051@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5052
5053@item epilogue_begin
5054This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5055@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5056
5057@item is_stmt @var{value}
5058This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
5059@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
5060either 0 or 1.
5061
5062@item isa @var{value}
5063This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5064state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5065
5066@end table
5067
5068@node Loc_mark_labels
5069@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5070@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5071When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5072the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5073to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5074register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5075The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5076this function respectively.
252b5132 5077
4d4175af
BW
5078@ifset ELF
5079@node Local
5080@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5081
5082@cindex @code{local} directive
5083This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5084the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5085will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5086they will be created.
5087
5088For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5089accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5090the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5091(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5092@end ifset
5093
252b5132
RH
5094@node Long
5095@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5096
5097@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5098@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5099
5100@ignore
5101@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5102@c what it really ought to do
5103@node Lsym
5104@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5105
5106@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5107@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5108@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5109the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5110rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5111the same as the expression value:
5112@smallexample
5113@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5114@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5115@var{value} = @var{expression}
5116@end smallexample
5117@noindent
5118The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5119@end ignore
5120
5121@node Macro
5122@section @code{.macro}
5123
5124@cindex macros
5125The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5126generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5127@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5128
5129@example
5130 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5131 .long \from
5132 .if \to-\from
5133 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5134 .endif
5135 .endm
5136@end example
5137
5138@noindent
5139With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5140
5141@example
5142 .long 0
5143 .long 1
5144 .long 2
5145 .long 3
5146 .long 4
5147 .long 5
5148@end example
5149
5150@ftable @code
5151@item .macro @var{macname}
5152@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5153@cindex @code{macro} directive
5154Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5155definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5156separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5157indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5158@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5159(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5160macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5161cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5162subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5163definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5164
5165@table @code
5166@item .macro comm
5167Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5168arguments.
5169
6258339f 5170@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5171@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5172Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5173which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5174@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5175
5176@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5177Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5178arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5179After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5180@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5181@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5182,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5183@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5184
6eaeac8a
JB
5185@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5186Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5187arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5188not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5189will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5190
252b5132
RH
5191When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5192position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5193@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5194
6258339f
NC
5195@end table
5196
5e75c3ab
JB
5197Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5198as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5199occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5200characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5201(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5202architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5203character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5204replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5205construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5206identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5207this macro definition:
5208
5209@example
5210 .macro label l
5211\l:
5212 .endm
5213@end example
5214
5215might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5216called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5217assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5218identifier.
5219
5220Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5221which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5222for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5223length specifier like this:
5224
5225@example
5226 .macro opcode base length
5227 \base.\length
5228 .endm
5229@end example
5230
5231and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5232instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5233interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5234
5235There are several possible ways around this problem:
5236
5237@table @code
5238@item Insert white space
5239If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5240solution. eg:
5241
5242@example
5243 .macro label l
5244\l :
5245 .endm
5246@end example
5247
5248@item Use @samp{\()}
5249The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5250the following text. eg:
5251
5252@example
5253 .macro opcode base length
5254 \base\().\length
5255 .endm
5256@end example
5257
5258@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5259In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5260used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5261
5262@example
5263 .altmacro
5264 .macro label l
5265l&:
5266 .endm
5267@end example
6258339f 5268@end table
5e75c3ab 5269
96e9638b
BW
5270Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
5271also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
5272and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5273
252b5132
RH
5274@item .endm
5275@cindex @code{endm} directive
5276Mark the end of a macro definition.
5277
5278@item .exitm
5279@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5280Exit early from the current macro definition.
5281
5282@cindex number of macros executed
5283@cindex macros, count executed
5284@item \@@
a4fb0134 5285@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5286executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5287output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5288
252b5132
RH
5289@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5290@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5291macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5292@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5293@end ftable
252b5132 5294
ccf8a69b
BW
5295@node MRI
5296@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5297
ccf8a69b
BW
5298@cindex @code{mri} directive
5299@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5300If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5301@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5302affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5303of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5304
caa32fe5
NC
5305@node Noaltmacro
5306@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5307Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5308
252b5132
RH
5309@node Nolist
5310@section @code{.nolist}
5311
5312@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5313@cindex listing control, turning off
5314Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5315not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5316internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5317counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5318generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5319
5320@node Octa
5321@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5322
5323@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5324@cindex @code{octa} directive
5325@cindex integer, 16-byte
5326@cindex sixteen byte integer
5327This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5328bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5329
5330The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5331hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5332
5333@node Org
5334@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5335
5336@cindex @code{org} directive
5337@cindex location counter, advancing
5338@cindex advancing location counter
5339@cindex current address, advancing
5340Advance the location counter of the current section to
5341@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5342expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5343you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5344wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5345with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5346@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5347is the same as the current subsection.
5348
5349@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5350unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5351backwards.
5352
5353@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5354@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5355@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5356Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5357may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5358a chance to share your improved assembler.
5359
5360Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5361to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5362people's assemblers.
5363
5364When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5365intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5366absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5367@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5368
5369@node P2align
5370@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5371
5372@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5373@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5374Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5375storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5376number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5377advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5378counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5379multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5380
5381The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5382padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5383padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5384marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5385with no-op instructions.
5386
5387The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5388it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5389directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5390specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5391fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5392required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5393with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5394
5395@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5396@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5397The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5398@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5399pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5400fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
54012,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5402filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5403the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5404undefined.
5405
ccf8a69b
BW
5406@ifset ELF
5407@node PopSection
5408@section @code{.popsection}
5409
5410@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5411@cindex Section Stack
5412This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
5413@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5414@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
5415(@pxref{Previous}).
5416
5417This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5418section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
5419stack.
5420@end ifset
5421
c91d2e08
NC
5422@ifset ELF
5423@node Previous
5424@section @code{.previous}
5425
c1253627 5426@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5427@cindex Section Stack
5428This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5429@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5430@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5431(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5432
5433This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5434referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5435@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5436subsections). For example:
5437
5438@smallexample
5439.section A
5440 .subsection 1
5441 .word 0x1234
5442 .subsection 2
5443 .word 0x5678
5444.previous
5445 .word 0x9abc
5446@end smallexample
5447
5448Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5449section A. Whilst:
5450
5451@smallexample
5452.section A
5453.subsection 1
5454 # Now in section A subsection 1
5455 .word 0x1234
5456.section B
5457.subsection 0
5458 # Now in section B subsection 0
5459 .word 0x5678
5460.subsection 1
5461 # Now in section B subsection 1
5462 .word 0x9abc
5463.previous
5464 # Now in section B subsection 0
5465 .word 0xdef0
5466@end smallexample
5467
5468Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5469section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5470
5471In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5472the top section on the section stack.
5473@end ifset
5474
252b5132
RH
5475@node Print
5476@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5477
5478@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5479@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5480assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5481
c91d2e08
NC
5482@ifset ELF
5483@node Protected
5484@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5485
c1253627
NC
5486@cindex @code{protected} directive
5487@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5488This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5489@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5490
5491This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5492their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5493@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5494components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5495component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
5496this.
5497@end ifset
5498
252b5132
RH
5499@node Psize
5500@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5501
5502@cindex @code{psize} directive
5503@cindex listing control: paper size
5504@cindex paper size, for listings
5505Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5506number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5507
5508If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5509of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5510default width is 200 columns.
5511
a4fb0134 5512@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5513lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5514@code{.eject}).
5515
5516If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5517those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5518
5519@node Purgem
5520@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5521
5522@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5523Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5524expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5525
c91d2e08
NC
5526@ifset ELF
5527@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5528@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5529
c1253627 5530@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5531@cindex Section Stack
5532This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5533@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5534@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
5535(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5536
e9863d7f
DJ
5537This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5538top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5539subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5540@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5541as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5542@end ifset
5543
252b5132
RH
5544@node Quad
5545@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5546
5547@cindex @code{quad} directive
5548@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5549each bignum, it emits
5550@ifclear bignum-16
5551an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5552warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5553@cindex eight-byte integer
5554@cindex integer, 8-byte
5555
5556The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5557hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5558@end ifclear
5559@ifset bignum-16
5560a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5561warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5562@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5563@cindex integer, 16-byte
5564@end ifset
5565
05e9452c
AM
5566@node Reloc
5567@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5568
5569@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5570Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5571@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5572the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5573symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5574@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5575absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5576targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5577relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5578section.
5579
252b5132
RH
5580@node Rept
5581@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5582
5583@cindex @code{rept} directive
5584Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5585@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5586
5587For example, assembling
5588
5589@example
5590 .rept 3
5591 .long 0
5592 .endr
5593@end example
5594
5595is equivalent to assembling
5596
5597@example
5598 .long 0
5599 .long 0
5600 .long 0
5601@end example
5602
5603@node Sbttl
5604@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5605
5606@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5607@cindex subtitles for listings
5608@cindex listing control: subtitle
5609Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5610title line) when generating assembly listings.
5611
5612This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5613it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5614
5615@ifset COFF
5616@node Scl
5617@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5618
5619@cindex @code{scl} directive
5620@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5621@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5622Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5623used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5624whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5625symbolic debugging information.
5626@ifset BOUT
5627
5628The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5629configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5630accepts this directive but ignores it.
5631@end ifset
5632@end ifset
5633
c1253627 5634@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5635@node Section
c1253627 5636@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5637
252b5132
RH
5638@cindex named section
5639Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5640named @var{name}.
5641
5642This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5643named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5644with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5645
c1253627
NC
5646@ifset COFF
5647@ifset ELF
5648@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5649@subheading COFF Version
5650@end ifset
5651
5652@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5653For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5654ways:
c91d2e08 5655
252b5132
RH
5656@smallexample
5657.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5658.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5659@end smallexample
5660
5661If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5662section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5663@table @code
5664@item b
5665bss section (uninitialized data)
5666@item n
5667section is not loaded
5668@item w
5669writable section
5670@item d
5671data section
5672@item r
5673read-only section
5674@item x
5675executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5676@item s
5677shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5678@item a
5679ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
252b5132
RH
5680@end table
5681
5682If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5683the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5684loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5685from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5686will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5687
5688If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5689taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5690@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5691
5692@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5693@ifset COFF
5694@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5695@subheading ELF Version
5696@end ifset
5697
c91d2e08
NC
5698@cindex Section Stack
5699This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5700@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
5701(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5702@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5703
c1253627 5704@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5705For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5706
252b5132 5707@smallexample
7047dd1e 5708.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5709@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5710
252b5132 5711The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5712combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5713@table @code
5714@item a
5715section is allocatable
5716@item w
5717section is writable
5718@item x
5719section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5720@item M
5721section is mergeable
5722@item S
5723section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5724@item G
5725section is a member of a section group
5726@item T
5727section is used for thread-local-storage
252b5132
RH
5728@end table
5729
5730The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5731@table @code
5732@item @@progbits
5733section contains data
5734@item @@nobits
5735section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5736@item @@note
5737section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5738@item @@init_array
5739section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5740@item @@fini_array
5741section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5742@item @@preinit_array
5743section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5744@end table
5745
10b016c2
PB
5746Many targets only support the first three section types.
5747
ececec60
NC
5748Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5749ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5750@code{%} character.
5751
22fe14ad 5752If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5753be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5754
5755@smallexample
5756.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5757@end smallexample
5758
5759Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5760constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5761@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5762@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5763the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
5764absolute expression.
5765
5766If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5767be present along with an additional field like this:
5768
5769@smallexample
5770.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5771@end smallexample
5772
5773The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5774particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5775@table @code
5776@item comdat
5777indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5778@item .gnu.linkonce
5779an alias for comdat
5780@end table
5781
96e9638b 5782Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5783the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5784
5785@smallexample
5786.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5787@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5788
252b5132
RH
5789If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5790the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5791none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5792executable. The section will contain data.
5793
5794For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5795directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5796
252b5132
RH
5797@smallexample
5798.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5799@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5800
252b5132
RH
5801Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5802separated flags:
5803@table @code
5804@item #alloc
5805section is allocatable
5806@item #write
5807section is writable
5808@item #execinstr
5809section is executable
22fe14ad
NC
5810@item #tls
5811section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5812@end table
c91d2e08 5813
e9863d7f
DJ
5814This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5815contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5816some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5817work.
c1253627
NC
5818@end ifset
5819@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5820
5821@node Set
5822@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5823
5824@cindex @code{set} directive
5825@cindex symbol value, setting
5826Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5827changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5828@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5829flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5830
5831You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5832
5833If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5834file is the last value stored into it.
5835
5836@ifset HPPA
5837The syntax for @code{set} on the HPPA is
5838@samp{@var{symbol} .set @var{expression}}.
5839@end ifset
5840
3c9b82ba
NC
5841@ifset Z80
5842On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
5843@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
5844@end ifset
5845
252b5132
RH
5846@node Short
5847@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
5848
5849@cindex @code{short} directive
5850@ifset GENERIC
5851@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
5852@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5853
5854In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 5855numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5856@end ifset
5857@ifclear GENERIC
5858@ifset W16
5859@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5860@end ifset
5861@ifset W32
5862This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5863a 16 bit number for each.
5864@end ifset
5865@end ifclear
5866
5867@node Single
5868@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
5869
5870@cindex @code{single} directive
5871@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5872This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5873has the same effect as @code{.float}.
5874@ifset GENERIC
5875The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5876@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5877@end ifset
5878@ifclear GENERIC
5879@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5880On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
5881numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
5882@end ifset
5883@end ifclear
5884
c1253627 5885@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5886@node Size
c1253627 5887@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 5888
c1253627
NC
5889This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
5890
5891@ifset COFF
5892@ifset ELF
5893@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5894@subheading COFF Version
5895@end ifset
5896
5897@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
5898For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
5899@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
5900
5901@smallexample
5902.size @var{expression}
5903@end smallexample
252b5132 5904
c91d2e08 5905@ifset BOUT
252b5132 5906@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5907@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5908ignores it.
5909@end ifset
c1253627 5910@end ifset
c91d2e08 5911
c1253627
NC
5912@ifset ELF
5913@ifset COFF
5914@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5915@subheading ELF Version
5916@end ifset
5917
5918@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
5919For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5920
c1253627
NC
5921@smallexample
5922.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
5923@end smallexample
5924
5925This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
5926The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
5927arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
5928symbols.
c1253627
NC
5929@end ifset
5930@end ifset
252b5132 5931
252b5132
RH
5932@ifclear no-space-dir
5933@node Skip
5934@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
5935
5936@cindex @code{skip} directive
5937@cindex filling memory
5938This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
5939@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
5940@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
5941@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 5942@end ifclear
252b5132 5943
ccf8a69b
BW
5944@node Sleb128
5945@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
5946
5947@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
5948@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
5949compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
5950symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
5951
884f0d36 5952@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
5953@node Space
5954@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
5955
5956@cindex @code{space} directive
5957@cindex filling memory
5958This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
5959@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
5960and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
5961as @samp{.skip}.
5962
5963@ifset HPPA
5964@quotation
5965@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
5966targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
5967Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
5968@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
5969for a summary.
5970@end quotation
5971@end ifset
5972@end ifclear
5973
252b5132
RH
5974@ifset have-stabs
5975@node Stab
5976@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
5977
5978@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
5979@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
5980There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
5981All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 5982The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
5983cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
5984Up to five fields are required:
5985
5986@table @var
5987@item string
5988This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
5989@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
5990debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
5991using this field.
5992
5993@item type
5994An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
5995this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
5996and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
5997
5998@item other
5999An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6000low 8 bits of this expression.
6001
6002@item desc
6003An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6004bits of this expression.
6005
6006@item value
6007An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6008@end table
6009
6010If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6011or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6012you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6013compatible with earlier assemblers!
6014
6015@table @code
6016@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6017@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6018
6019The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6020It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6021null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6022strings.
6023
6024The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6025relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6026is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6027assembled.
6028
6029@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6030@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6031The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6032
6033@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6034@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6035All five fields are specified.
6036@end table
6037@end ifset
6038@c end have-stabs
6039
6040@node String
38a57ae7
NC
6041@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
6042"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6043
6044@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6045@cindex string8, copying to object file
6046@cindex string16, copying to object file
6047@cindex string32, copying to object file
6048@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6049@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6050@cindex @code{string8} directive
6051@cindex @code{string16} directive
6052@cindex @code{string32} directive
6053@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6054
6055Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6056one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6057particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6058You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6059
38a57ae7
NC
6060The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
6061the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6062copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6063are stored in target endianness byte order.
6064
6065Example:
6066@smallexample
6067 .string32 "BYE"
6068expands to:
6069 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6070 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6071@end smallexample
6072
6073
252b5132
RH
6074@node Struct
6075@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6076
6077@cindex @code{struct} directive
6078Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6079which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6080@smallexample
6081 .struct 0
6082field1:
6083 .struct field1 + 4
6084field2:
6085 .struct field2 + 4
6086field3:
6087@end smallexample
6088This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6089@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6090value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6091use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6092before further assembly.
6093
c91d2e08
NC
6094@ifset ELF
6095@node SubSection
6096@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6097
c1253627 6098@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6099@cindex Section Stack
6100This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6101@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6102@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
6103(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6104
6105This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6106section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6107in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6108@end ifset
6109
252b5132
RH
6110@ifset ELF
6111@node Symver
6112@section @code{.symver}
6113@cindex @code{symver} directive
6114@cindex symbol versioning
6115@cindex versions of symbols
6116Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6117within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6118typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6119There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6120into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6121shared library.
6122
79082ff0 6123For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6124@smallexample
6125.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6126@end smallexample
339681c0 6127If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6128being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6129alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6130just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6131permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6132of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6133itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6134have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6135file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6136function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6137the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6138building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6139symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6140nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6141
6142If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6143references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6144reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6145symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6146
6147Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6148@smallexample
6149.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6150@end smallexample
6151In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6152the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6153difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6154references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6155
6156The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6157@smallexample
6158.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6159@end smallexample
6160When @var{name} is not defined within the
6161file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6162@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6163name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6164@end ifset
6165
6166@ifset COFF
6167@node Tag
6168@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6169
6170@cindex COFF structure debugging
6171@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6172@cindex @code{tag} directive
6173This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6174information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6175@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6176definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6177@ifset BOUT
6178
6179@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6180@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6181ignores it.
6182@end ifset
6183@end ifset
6184
6185@node Text
6186@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6187
6188@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6189Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6190the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6191expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6192is used.
6193
6194@node Title
6195@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6196
6197@cindex @code{title} directive
6198@cindex listing control: title line
6199Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6200source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6201
6202This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6203it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6204
c1253627 6205@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6206@node Type
c1253627
NC
6207@section @code{.type}
6208
6209This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6210
6211@ifset COFF
6212@ifset ELF
6213@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6214@subheading COFF Version
6215@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6216
6217@cindex COFF symbol type
6218@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6219@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6220For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6221@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6222
6223@smallexample
6224.type @var{int}
6225@end smallexample
6226
6227This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6228entry.
252b5132 6229
c91d2e08 6230@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6231@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6232@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6233directive but ignores it.
6234@end ifset
c1253627 6235@end ifset
c91d2e08 6236
c1253627
NC
6237@ifset ELF
6238@ifset COFF
6239@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6240@subheading ELF Version
6241@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6242
6243@cindex ELF symbol type
6244@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6245@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6246For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6247
6248@smallexample
6249.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6250@end smallexample
6251
6252This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6253function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6254supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6255compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6256
6257Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6258@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6259below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6260the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6261maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6262assemblers.
6263
6264The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6265
6266@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6267 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6268 .type <name>,#<type>
6269 .type <name>,@@<type>
6270 .type <name>,%>type>
6271 .type <name>,"<type>"
6272@end smallexample
6273
6274The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6275
5671778d
NC
6276@table @gcctabopt
6277@item STT_FUNC
6278@itemx function
6279Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6280
5671778d
NC
6281@item STT_OBJECT
6282@itemx object
6283Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6284
6285@item STT_TLS
6286@itemx tls_object
6287Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6288
6289@item STT_COMMON
6290@itemx common
6291Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
6292@end table
6293
6294Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6295
c1253627
NC
6296@end ifset
6297@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6298
6299@node Uleb128
6300@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6301
6302@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
6303@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
6304compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6305symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6306
6307@ifset COFF
6308@node Val
6309@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6310
6311@cindex @code{val} directive
6312@cindex COFF value attribute
6313@cindex value attribute, COFF
6314This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6315records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6316entry.
6317@ifset BOUT
6318
a4fb0134 6319@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6320configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6321@end ifset
6322@end ifset
6323
2e13b764 6324@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6325@node Version
6326@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6327
c1253627 6328@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6329This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6330formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6331@end ifset
2e13b764 6332
c91d2e08
NC
6333@ifset ELF
6334@node VTableEntry
6335@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6336
653cfe85 6337@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6338This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6339@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6340
c91d2e08
NC
6341@node VTableInherit
6342@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6343
653cfe85 6344@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6345This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6346@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6347parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6348parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6349@end ifset
2e13b764 6350
d190d046
HPN
6351@node Warning
6352@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6353@cindex warning directive
6354Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6355(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6356
c91d2e08
NC
6357@node Weak
6358@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6359
c1253627 6360@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6361This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6362@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6363
977cdf5a
NC
6364On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
6365directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6366@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6367
977cdf5a
NC
6368On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
6369When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
6370alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6371
06e77878
AO
6372@node Weakref
6373@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6374
6375@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6376This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6377be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6378If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6379will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6380symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6381
6382The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6383assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6384symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6385resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6386had the references to the alias removed.
6387
6388The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6389within the assembler.
6390
252b5132
RH
6391@node Word
6392@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6393
6394@cindex @code{word} directive
6395This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6396separated by commas.
6397@ifclear GENERIC
6398@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6399For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6400@end ifset
6401@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6402For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6403@end ifset
6404@end ifclear
6405@ifset GENERIC
6406
6407The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6408depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6409@end ifset
6410
6411@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6412@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6413@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6414@cindex difference tables altered
6415@cindex altered difference tables
6416@quotation
6417@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6418@end quotation
6419
6420@ifset GENERIC
6421Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6422addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6423interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6424@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6425
6426@end ifset
6427In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6428@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6429Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6430compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6431directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6432@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6433creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6434This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6435first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6436of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6437table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6438contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6439@code{sym2}.
6440
6441If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6442secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6443@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6444long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6445and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6446minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6447entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6448
6449@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6450@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6451@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6452assembly language programmers.
6453@end ifset
6454@end ifset
6455@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6456
6457@node Deprecated
6458@section Deprecated Directives
6459
6460@cindex deprecated directives
6461@cindex obsolescent directives
6462One day these directives won't work.
6463They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6464@table @t
6465@item .abort
6466@item .line
6467@end table
6468
3a99f02f
DJ
6469@ifset ELF
6470@node Object Attributes
6471@chapter Object Attributes
6472@cindex object attributes
6473
6474@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6475into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6476Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6477point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6478requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6479passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6480hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6481generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6482newer generation at run-time.
6483
6484This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6485@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6486time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6487correctly.
6488
6489Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6490attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6491string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6492and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6493or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6494attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6495
6496Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6497The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6498
6499@menu
6500* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6501* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6502@end menu
6503
6504@node GNU Object Attributes
6505@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6506
6507The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6508with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6509
6510Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6511its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6512an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
65132} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6514architecture-dependent ones.
6515
6516@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6517
6518These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6519
6520@table @r
6521@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6522The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6523the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6524then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6525than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6526arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6527@end table
6528
6529@subsection MIPS Attributes
6530
6531@table @r
6532@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6533The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6534
6535@itemize @bullet
6536@item
65370 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6538@item
65391 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6540FPU.
6541@item
65422 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6543@item
65443 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6545@item
65464 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6547double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6548purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6549@end itemize
6550@end table
6551
6552@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6553
6554@table @r
6555@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6556The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6557
6558@itemize @bullet
6559@item
65600 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6561@item
3c7b9897 65621 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6563@item
65642 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6565@item
65663 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6567@end itemize
6568
6569@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6570The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6571
6572@itemize @bullet
6573@item
65740 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6575@item
65761 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6577@item
65782 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6579@item
65803 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6581@end itemize
6582@end table
6583
6584@node Defining New Object Attributes
6585@section Defining New Object Attributes
6586
6587If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6588will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6589mailing list.
6590
6591@itemize @bullet
6592@item
6593This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6594@item
6595The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6596@item
6597The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6598and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6599@item
6600Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6601@item
6602@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6603@item
6604GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6605@end itemize
6606
6607@end ifset
6608
252b5132
RH
6609@ifset GENERIC
6610@node Machine Dependencies
6611@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6612
6613@cindex machine dependencies
6614The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6615each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6616vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6617directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6618assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6619@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6620optimization.
6621
6622This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6623include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6624subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6625
6626@menu
625e1353
RH
6627@ifset ALPHA
6628* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6629@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6630@ifset ARC
6631* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6632@end ifset
6633@ifset ARM
6634* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6635@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6636@ifset AVR
6637* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6638@end ifset
07c1b327
CM
6639@ifset BFIN
6640* BFIN-Dependent:: BFIN Dependent Features
6641@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6642@ifset CR16
6643* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6644@end ifset
8bf549a8 6645@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6646* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6647@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6648@ifset D10V
6649* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6650@end ifset
6651@ifset D30V
6652* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6653@end ifset
6654@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6655* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6656@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6657@ifset HPPA
6658* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6659@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6660@ifset I370
6661* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6662@end ifset
252b5132 6663@ifset I80386
55b62671 6664* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6665@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6666@ifset I860
6667* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6668@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6669@ifset I960
6670* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6671@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6672@ifset IA64
6673* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6674@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6675@ifset IP2K
6676* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6677@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6678@ifset M32C
6679* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6680@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6681@ifset M32R
6682* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6683@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6684@ifset M680X0
6685* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6686@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6687@ifset M68HC11
6688* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6689@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6690@ifset MIPS
6691* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6692@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6693@ifset MMIX
6694* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6695@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6696@ifset MSP430
6697* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6698@end ifset
252b5132 6699@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6700* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6701* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6702@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6703@ifset PDP11
6704* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6705@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6706@ifset PJ
6707* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6708@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6709@ifset PPC
6710* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6711@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6712@ifset SPARC
6713* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6714@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6715@ifset TIC54X
6716* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6717@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6718@ifset V850
6719* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6720@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6721@ifset XTENSA
6722* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6723@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6724@ifset Z80
6725* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6726@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6727@ifset Z8000
6728* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6729@end ifset
6730@ifset VAX
6731* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6732@end ifset
6733@end menu
6734
6735@lowersections
6736@end ifset
6737
6738@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6739@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6740@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6741@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6742@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6743@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6744@c in both conditional blocks.
6745
625e1353
RH
6746@ifset ALPHA
6747@include c-alpha.texi
6748@end ifset
6749
6750@ifset ARC
6751@include c-arc.texi
6752@end ifset
6753
252b5132
RH
6754@ifset ARM
6755@include c-arm.texi
6756@end ifset
6757
8473f7a4
DC
6758@ifset AVR
6759@include c-avr.texi
6760@end ifset
6761
07c1b327
CM
6762@ifset BFIN
6763@include c-bfin.texi
6764@end ifset
6765
3d3d428f
NC
6766@ifset CR16
6767@include c-cr16.texi
6768@end ifset
6769
328eb32e
HPN
6770@ifset CRIS
6771@include c-cris.texi
6772@end ifset
6773
c2dcd04e 6774@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6775@ifclear GENERIC
6776@node Machine Dependencies
6777@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6778
c2dcd04e 6779The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6780and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6781chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6782family.
6783
6784@menu
c2dcd04e 6785* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6786* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6787@end menu
6788@lowersections
6789@end ifclear
6790@end ifset
6791
6792@ifset D10V
6793@include c-d10v.texi
6794@end ifset
6795
6796@ifset D30V
6797@include c-d30v.texi
6798@end ifset
6799
6800@ifset H8/300
6801@include c-h8300.texi
6802@end ifset
6803
252b5132
RH
6804@ifset HPPA
6805@include c-hppa.texi
6806@end ifset
6807
5b93d8bb
AM
6808@ifset I370
6809@include c-i370.texi
6810@end ifset
6811
252b5132
RH
6812@ifset I80386
6813@include c-i386.texi
6814@end ifset
6815
e3308d0d
JE
6816@ifset I860
6817@include c-i860.texi
6818@end ifset
6819
252b5132
RH
6820@ifset I960
6821@include c-i960.texi
6822@end ifset
6823
9e32ca89
NC
6824@ifset IA64
6825@include c-ia64.texi
6826@end ifset
6827
a40cbfa3
NC
6828@ifset IP2K
6829@include c-ip2k.texi
6830@end ifset
6831
49f58d10
JB
6832@ifset M32C
6833@include c-m32c.texi
6834@end ifset
6835
ec694b89
NC
6836@ifset M32R
6837@include c-m32r.texi
6838@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6839
6840@ifset M680X0
6841@include c-m68k.texi
6842@end ifset
6843
60bcf0fa
NC
6844@ifset M68HC11
6845@include c-m68hc11.texi
6846@end ifset
6847
252b5132
RH
6848@ifset MIPS
6849@include c-mips.texi
6850@end ifset
6851
3c3bdf30
NC
6852@ifset MMIX
6853@include c-mmix.texi
6854@end ifset
6855
2469cfa2
NC
6856@ifset MSP430
6857@include c-msp430.texi
6858@end ifset
6859
252b5132
RH
6860@ifset NS32K
6861@include c-ns32k.texi
6862@end ifset
6863
e135f41b
NC
6864@ifset PDP11
6865@include c-pdp11.texi
6866@end ifset
6867
041dd5a9
ILT
6868@ifset PJ
6869@include c-pj.texi
6870@end ifset
6871
418c1742
MG
6872@ifset PPC
6873@include c-ppc.texi
6874@end ifset
6875
252b5132
RH
6876@ifset SH
6877@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 6878@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
6879@end ifset
6880
6881@ifset SPARC
6882@include c-sparc.texi
6883@end ifset
6884
39bec121
TW
6885@ifset TIC54X
6886@include c-tic54x.texi
6887@end ifset
6888
3c9b82ba
NC
6889@ifset Z80
6890@include c-z80.texi
6891@end ifset
6892
252b5132
RH
6893@ifset Z8000
6894@include c-z8k.texi
6895@end ifset
6896
6897@ifset VAX
6898@include c-vax.texi
6899@end ifset
6900
6901@ifset V850
6902@include c-v850.texi
6903@end ifset
6904
e0001a05
NC
6905@ifset XTENSA
6906@include c-xtensa.texi
6907@end ifset
6908
252b5132
RH
6909@ifset GENERIC
6910@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
6911@raisesections
6912@end ifset
6913
6914@node Reporting Bugs
6915@chapter Reporting Bugs
6916@cindex bugs in assembler
6917@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
6918
a4fb0134 6919Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
6920
6921Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
6922not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
6923entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
6924Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
6925
6926In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
6927information that enables us to fix the bug.
6928
6929@menu
6930* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
6931* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
6932@end menu
6933
6934@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 6935@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
6936@cindex bug criteria
6937
6938If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
6939
6940@itemize @bullet
6941@cindex fatal signal
6942@cindex assembler crash
6943@cindex crash of assembler
6944@item
6945If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 6946@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
6947
6948@cindex error on valid input
6949@item
a4fb0134 6950If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
6951
6952@cindex invalid input
6953@item
a4fb0134 6954If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
6955is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
6956be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
6957
6958@item
6959If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 6960of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
6961@end itemize
6962
6963@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 6964@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
6965@cindex bug reports
6966@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
6967
6968A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 6969you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
6970contact that organization first.
6971
6972You can find contact information for many support companies and
6973individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
6974distribution.
6975
ad22bfe8 6976@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 6977In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
6978to @value{BUGURL}.
6979@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6980
6981The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
6982@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
6983fact or leave it out, state it!
6984
6985Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
6986and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
6987name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
6988not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
6989happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
6990perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
6991the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
6992give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
6993and the most helpful.
6994
6995Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
6996it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
6997that the bug has not been reported previously.
6998
6999Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7000bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7001respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7002You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7003
7004To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7005
7006@itemize @bullet
7007@item
a4fb0134 7008The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7009it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7010
7011Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7012the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7013
7014@item
a4fb0134 7015Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7016
7017@item
7018The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7019version number.
7020
7021@item
a4fb0134 7022What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7023``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7024
7025@item
7026The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7027observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7028all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7029
7030If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7031and then we might not encounter the bug.
7032
7033@item
7034A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7035the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7036high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7037when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7038the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7039file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7040@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7041
7042@item
7043A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7044incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7045
a4fb0134 7046Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7047will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7048notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7049make a mistake.
7050
7051Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7052explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7053@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7054library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7055would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7056would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7057expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7058observations.
7059
7060@item
a4fb0134 7061If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7062diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7063option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7064discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7065by line number.
7066
7067The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7068sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7069@end itemize
7070
7071Here are some things that are not necessary:
7072
7073@itemize @bullet
7074@item
7075A description of the envelope of the bug.
7076
7077Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7078which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7079changes will not affect it.
7080
7081This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7082will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7083with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7084We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7085
7086Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7087of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7088output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7089less time, and so on.
7090
7091However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7092report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7093
7094@item
7095A patch for the bug.
7096
7097A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7098the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7099a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7100to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7101
a4fb0134 7102Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7103construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7104the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7105one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7106
7107And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7108patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7109help us to understand.
7110
7111@item
7112A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7113
7114Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7115things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7116@end itemize
7117
7118@node Acknowledgements
7119@chapter Acknowledgements
7120
653cfe85 7121If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132
RH
7122it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
7123maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7124@c (January 1994),
7125the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7126
7127Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7128more details?}
7129
7130Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7131information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7132extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7133
7134K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7135many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7136up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7137testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7138including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7139and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7140support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7141port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7142file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7143assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7144
7145Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7146in format-specific I/O modules.
7147
7148The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7149has done much work with it since.
7150
7151The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7152
7153Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7154
7155The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7156University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7157
7158Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7159(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7160(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7161support a.out format.
7162
7be1c489
AM
7163Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7164tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7165Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7166use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7167targets.
7168
7169John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7170simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7171updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7172fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7173remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7174cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7175required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7176
7177Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
717868k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7179added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7180PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7181
653cfe85 7182Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7183
7184Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7185
7186Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7187along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7188formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7189the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7190
7191Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7192Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7193Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7194Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7195and some initial 64-bit support).
7196
c1253627 7197Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7198
252b5132
RH
7199Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7200support for openVMS/Alpha.
7201
39bec121
TW
7202Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7203flavors.
7204
e0001a05 7205David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7206Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7207
252b5132
RH
7208Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7209configuration enhancements.
7210
7211Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7212you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7213want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7214intentionally leaving anyone out.
7215
c1253627 7216@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7217
370b66a1
CD
7218@node AS Index
7219@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7220
7221@printindex cp
7222
252b5132
RH
7223@bye
7224@c Local Variables:
7225@c fill-column: 79
7226@c End: